co.

Table of Contents

s.

Summary

s.­1

While on the way to Rājagṛha to collect alms, a group of newly ordained monks are approached by some non-Buddhists, who suggest that their doctrine is identical to that of the Buddha, since everyone agrees that misdeeds of body, speech, and mind are to be given up. The monks do not know how to reply, and when they later return to the brahmin town of Nālati, where the Buddha is residing, Śāradvatīputra therefore encourages them to seek clarification from the Blessed One himself. In response to the monks’ request, the Buddha delivers a comprehensive discourse on the effects of virtuous and unvirtuous actions, explaining these matters from the perspective of an adept practitioner of his teachings, who sees and understands all this through a process of personal discovery. As the teaching progresses, the Buddha presents an epic tour of the realm of desire‍—from the Hell of Ultimate Torment to the Heaven Free from Strife‍—all the while introducing the specific human actions and attitudes that cause the experience of such worlds and outlining the ways to remedy and transcend them. In the final section of the sūtra, which is presented as an individual scripture on its own, the focus is on mindfulness of the body and the ripening of karmic actions that is experienced among humans in particular.

ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the supervision of Chokyi Nyima Rinpoche. The translation was produced by Thomas Doctor with help from Benjamin Collet-Cassart and Timothy Hinkle. Thomas also wrote the introduction. Andreas Doctor checked the translation against the Tibetan and edited the text. The 84000 editorial team subsequently reviewed the translation and made further edits. Wiesiek Mical assisted by reviewing numerous passages against the available Sanskrit sources. Robert Kritzer generously shared several unpublished articles on the text with us, and Vesna Wallace and Mitsuyo Demoto kindly gave us access to drafts of their critical Sanskrit editions of chapters 1 and 3, respectively.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of Sun Ping, Tian Xingwen, and Sun Fanglin, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.

Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma
c.

Colophon

c.­1
The Thus-Gone One has taught those causes
From which all phenomena have appeared,
And also that which is their cessation.
This is what the Great Mendicant has taught.
c.­2

India is the origin of all that is good and possesses all things excellent, both in terms of her soil and her sciences, for which she is the universal source. This is the land of the cultured and the learned and all her inhabitants are wise. Seeing India to be the eyes of Jambudvīpa, the perfect Buddha achieved full awakening within this land, with its magnificent cities through which the great river Gaṅgā descends.

c.­3

In the eastern part of India’s central lands lies the great monastery of Nālandā.639 The sovereign of the land is the splendid prince Rāmapāla,640 whose glory outshines others and whose reign reaches far and wide. This prince has established the temple known as Jagaddala to support the pure and the gentle, holy beings who are experts regarding the staircase leading to the higher realms and liberation. From here appeared numerous exceptionally learned paṇḍitas, such that people of the world speak of “the five hundred omniscient ones,” who are praised by all paṇḍitas as being equal to the masters of the past.

c.­4

Among them is someone whom kings and ministers, who take pride in their mundane wealth, carry on their shoulders as if he were their head‍—someone whom paṇḍitas, who take pride in their scholarship, and worldly folk regard as their crown jewel. He is regarded as a guide by those who have relinquished concern for this life and who endeavor to accomplish liberation, allowing them to clearly distinguish good qualities from flaws. All the people of the land see him as beautiful and endearing, as if he were their only child. He enraptures even the vicious and ungrateful with his great goodwill. [F.228.b] Due to his love for others, he suffers agony and pain as he beholds the miseries of all wandering beings, yet he skillfully extends his compassionate care to them. He is foretold in the prophetic discourse of Tiger Ear Star as an individual endowed with numerous qualities and a great instigator who upon exchanging his body would be born in the higher realms. He yearns to meet Maitreya and has tremendous yearning for the Dharma. He has also weakened all emotions such as desire and anger. Who could properly extol such a person’s qualities? In short, his knowledge of mundane human customs is great, and his benevolence is like a golden ground. With respect for the sacred Dharma, he is endowed with perfect learning and he is pure, serene, gentle, accommodating, noble, truthful, undeceiving, honest, and successful in terms of accomplishment. Like a majestic wish-fulfilling tree that grows from a turquoise ground, he is adorned with the blooming flowers and ripe fruits of a bounty of temporary and ultimate virtues in this and all other lives. Thus, perfectly accomplishing what benefits both oneself and all others, there is nothing that he does that is not meaningful. Such is this master endowed with the shining beauty of unimpeded mastery of the five fields of learning, the great paṇḍita known as Śāntākaragupta. Explanations based on five Indian volumes were received from that master, as well as the great scholar and holy man, the supreme Vinaya holder known as Abhayākaragupta; the one whose learning is comparable to Mañjuśrī, the supreme paṇḍita endowed with perfect eloquence and insight, Śakyarakṣita; and also the great paṇḍita Vīryākaraśānti, and others. [F.229.a]

c.­5

Likewise, in the lower reaches of the central land of Magadha‍—where the shrines of the thus-gone ones are numerous, and the land is full of Buddhists who have faith in the Three Jewels‍—lies the great monastic complex of Vikramaśīla. It was established by the bodhisattva king, Devapāla, and serves as the eyes of the Dharma teachings. Among its numerous learned scholars there are Śakyarakṣita himself; the great paṇḍita Subhūticandra, who is expert in linguistics, poetry, and the syntactic structures of Sanskrit; the Abhidharma expert known as Aḍitacandra; and other such masters. It is from all those masters that the explanations based on five Indian volumes were received.

c.­6

The translators listened carefully to the sūtra and with veneration they sought careful explanation in order to comprehend all the scripture’s words and meanings, thoroughly investigating the most difficult points with the appropriate methods for understanding their significance. In the process of translation, they were guided by the light of insight that comes from mastering four languages‍—Sanskrit, the Indian vernaculars, Tibetan Dharma language, and the Tibetan vernaculars.

c.­7

Nevertheless, the topics of the sūtras are numerous and the subjects are profound. In particular, the statements in this sūtra carry numerous implicit messages and convey their meaning by means of beautiful verbal adornments that evince an unparalleled mastery of poetry. Hence, their meanings are not easily accessible to those of weak learning. Especially, brief scriptural passages that convey numerous meanings have been translated in that same fashion. This approach allows those endowed with the jewels of understanding to ascertain numerous meanings, but if any one of those were to be singled out as the sole implied meaning, that would be a mistake. Rather, translation should convey just as much meaning as the words imply. Therefore, in short, without violating the way the Indian and Tibetan languages convey the same meaning by means of different expressions, and without breaking with the tradition established by the decrees of the scholars of the past, this translation has been made in veneration of the sacred Dharma by the northerner, the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen, who was born into the family of Patshap. This was undertaken during the reign of the Indian king Rāmapāla, whose banner of perfect glory and majesty flies higher than any other. In this manner, those segments that had previously been translated of this Great Vehicle discourse known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma were completed. [F.229.b]

c.­8

The subsequent editing and revision of the text was undertaken by the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen himself, with the assistance of two others. The first is the spiritual teacher known as Shang Buchikpa, who everyone calls by this name because he benefits them and is auspicious for them, caring for all sentient beings as if they were his “only child.”641 Accordingly, his name reveals that he is endowed with great compassion. The second editor is known as Sherap Ö, because he is a veritable “light of insight” for all who follow the Dharma.642 With knowledge of the way the vehicles progress, he summarizes the teachings by means of principles such as the two realities, and thus‍—with insight developed gradually through conviction, ascertainment, and realization‍—he spreads the light that overcomes the darkness of afflictive and cognitive obscurations in both oneself and others. Thus, his name shows that this master is endowed with great insight and that he accomplishes his own and others’ objectives perfectly. In this way, the translation was corrected, refined, and properly finalized through the fivefold process of drafting, primary editing, testing the relations between word and meaning, secondary editing, and secondary testing of the relations.

c.­9

May the stainless virtues that ensue from translating and assisting in the translation of this sacred Dharma teaching‍—this precious discourse on mindfulness in the Great Vehicle, which is the foundation, root, and vital essence of all the vehicles‍—reach all beings extending to the end of space, so that they may find happiness while in existence. And may a lush canopy spread over them from the tree that offers refuge, awakening, and fruition. As soon as we leave this life behind, may we be reborn in realms of the buddhas, and in all other lives of cyclic existence, may we exclusively do what benefits others.


c.­10

The number of sections has not been determined. In accord with the Indian text the length of the scripture amounts to thirty-six thousand ślokas. There appear to be a few unique archaic elements of writing. When dividing The Application of Mindfulness into sections of three hundred ślokas, there are one hundred and twenty sections.

b.

Bibliography

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Toh 287, Degé Kangyur vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82a–318a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b.

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), vol. 68, 238–842; vol. 69, 3–828; vol. 70, 3–821; and vol. 71, 3–603.

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Stok Palace Kangyur, vol. 82 (mdo sde, ki), folios 1.b–378; vol. 83 (mdo sde, khi), folios 1.b–370.b; vol. 84 (mdo sde, gi), folios 1.b–383.b; and vol. 85 (mdo sde, ghi), folios 1.b–419.b.

Zhengfa nianchu jing 正法念處經. In Taishō Tripiṭaka. Edited by Junjirō Takakusu and Kaigyoku Watanabe. Vol. 17, no. 721.

Cabezón, José Ignacio. Sexuality in Classical South Asian Buddhism. Sommerville, MA: Wisdom Publications, 2017.

Demoto, Mitsuyo (2009). “Die 128 Nebenhöllen nach dem Saddharmasmṛ- tyupasthānasūtra.” Pāsādikadānam: Festschrift für Bhikkhu Pāsādika, edited by Martin Straube, Roland Steiner, Jayandra Soni, Michael Hahn, and Mitsuyo Demoto. Marburg: Indica et Tibetica Verlag, 2009: 61–88.

‍—‍—‍—, ed. Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 3. Unpublished draft, last modified July 2012. PDF file.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b–310.a.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma: ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Vienna: Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2008.

Kritzer, Robert. Forthcoming. “Worms in Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra.” In Memorial Volume for Helmut Krasser. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

‍—‍—‍—(2020). “Meditation on the Body in Chapter 7 of Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra.” Religions 11, no. 6 (2020): 283.

Lin, Li-kuoung, & P. Demiéville. L’aide-mémoire de la vraie loi. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1949.

Mizuno, Kogen. “On the Ārya-saddharmasmrtyupasthāna-sūtra.” Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyogaku Kenkyu) 12 (September 1964): 38–47.

Moretti, Costantino. “The Thirty-six Categories of ‘Hungry Ghosts’ Described in the Sūtra of the Foundations of Mindfulness of the True Law.” Fantômes dans l’Extrême-Orient D’hier et D’aujourd’hui. Edited by Vincent Durand Dastès, 43–69. Paris: INALCO, 2017.

Rangjung Dorjé (rang byung rdo rje). dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar bzhag pa’i mdo yi don snang bar byed pa’i bstan bcos. Lhasa: bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang, 2010.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2012). “A Less Traveled Path: Meditation and Textual Practice in the Saddharmasmṛtyupasthāna(sūtra).” PhD diss., University of California, Berkeley.

‍—‍—‍—(2015a). A Less Traveled Path: Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra Chapter 2, Critically edited with A Study on Its Structure and Significance for the Development of Buddhist Meditation. Sanskrit Texts from the Tibetan Autonomous Region (STTAR) 18. Beijing and Vienna: China Tibetology Publishing House and Austrian Academy of Sciences Press, 2015.

‍—‍—‍—(2015b). “Power in Practice: Cosmic Sovereignty Envisioned in Buddhism’s Middle Period.” The Critical Review for Buddhist Studies 18 (2015): 165–96.

‍—‍—‍—(2017a). “Yogācāra Substrata? Precedent Frames for Yogācāra Thought among Third-Century Yoga Practitioners in Greater Gandhāra.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 46 (October 2017): 193–240.

‍—‍—‍—(2017b). “Unmanifest Perceptions: Mind-Matter Interdependence and Its Consequences in Buddhist Thought and Practice.” In Śrāvakabhūmi and Buddhist Manuscripts, edited by Jundo Nagashima and Seongcheol Kim, 109–71. Tokyo: Nombre, 2017.

‍—‍—‍—(2019). “Becoming Animal: Karma and the Animal Realm Envisioned through an Early Yogācāra Lens.” Religions 10, no. 6 (2019): 363.

van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. “On the Vicissitudes of Subhūticandra’s Kāmadhenu Commentary on the Amarakoṣa in Tibet.” Journal of the International Association of Tibetan Studies, no. 5 (December 2009): 1–105.

Wallace, Vesna A., ed. Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 1. Unpublished draft, last modified May 10, 2020. PDF file.

g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

A Thousand Houses

  • khang bu stong
  • ཁང་བུ་སྟོང་།
  • —

Refers to Encircled by a Thousand Houses in Ornament of the Mind.

g.­2

Abhayākaragupta

  • a bha ya ka ra gup+ta
  • ཨ་བྷ་ཡ་ཀ་ར་གུཔྟ།
  • abhayā­kara­gupta

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

g.­3

Abhidharma

  • chos mngon pa
  • ཆོས་མངོན་པ།
  • abhidharma

The Buddha’s teachings regarding subjects such as wisdom, psychology, metaphysics, and cosmology.

g.­4

Abhrakrama Summit

  • rtse mo lhang tsher
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལྷང་ཚེར།
  • abhrakrama RP

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

g.­5

Abhrakūṭa

  • a bhra kU TA
  • ཨ་བྷྲ་ཀཱུ་ཊཱ།
  • abhrakūṭa

A city in Godānīya.

g.­6

able one

  • thub
  • ཐུབ།
  • muni

An ancient title given to ascetics, monks, hermits, and saints, namely, those who have attained the realization of a truth through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation.

Here also used as a specific epithet of the buddhas.

g.­7

Abode of Water

  • chu gnas pa
  • ཆུ་གནས་པ།
  • —

A pool in Dwelling on the Disk.

g.­8

abodes of Brahmā

  • tshangs pa’i gnas pa
  • ཚངས་པའི་གནས་པ།
  • brahmavihāra

The four abodes of Brahmā are love, compassion, joy, and equanimity.

g.­9

Abounding with Jewels

  • rin po che rnams kyis kun tu gang ba
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་གང་བ།
  • —

An ocean far beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­10

Abrikṣabho

  • ’bri Sha b+ho
  • འབྲི་ཥ་བྷོ།
  • abrikṣabho RP

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­11

Abundance

  • legs par gang ba
  • ལེགས་པར་གང་བ།
  • —

A mountain between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­12

Abundant Kūrma Monsters

  • chu srin kU rma mang ba nyid
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ཀཱུ་རྨ་མང་བ་ཉིད།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­13

Abundant Lions

  • seng ges kun nes gang ba
  • སེང་གེས་ཀུན་ནེས་གང་བ།
  • —

An island in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­14

Acala

  • brtan pa
  • བརྟན་པ།
  • acala RS

King at the second level of the asuras.

g.­15

acquisition

  • thob pa
  • ཐོབ་པ།
  • prāpti

A conditioned factor that according to Sarvāstivāda Abhidharma is responsible for the ripening of karmic actions subsequent to their having been performed. See also n.­35.

g.­16

Action

  • kun spyod
  • ཀུན་སྤྱོད།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in Forests.

g.­17

Activity

  • rnam spyod
  • རྣམ་སྤྱོད།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­18

Aḍitacandra

  • a Di ta tsan+d+ra
  • ཨ་ཌི་ཏ་ཙནྡྲ།
  • aḍitacandra RP

Indian paṇḍita referred to in the sūtra’s colophon

g.­19

Adorned

  • spras pa
  • སྤྲས་པ།
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

g.­20

Adorned with Glorious Garlands

  • gzi brjid phreng ldan
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཕྲེང་ལྡན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­21

Adorned with Musāragalva

  • mu sa ra galba rgyan du byas pa
  • མུ་ས་ར་གལྦ་རྒྱན་དུ་བྱས་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­22

Adorned with Numerous Cascades

  • ’bab chu rnam pa sna tshogs pa dang ldan pa
  • འབབ་ཆུ་རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Shining in Manifold Ways.

g.­23

Adorned with Springs

  • ’byung khungs kyi brgyan pa
  • འབྱུང་ཁུངས་ཀྱི་བརྒྱན་པ།
  • —

An emanated mountain on the trunk of Airāvaṇa.

g.­24

Adūva

  • a Du bA
  • ཨ་ཌུ་བཱ།
  • adūva RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­25

Advancing Fire

  • ’gro ba mes sreg
  • ’gro ba mes ’jig
  • འགྲོ་བ་མེས་སྲེག
  • འགྲོ་བ་མེས་འཇིག
  • caṅkramāṇāgni­dāha

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­26

affliction

  • nyon mongs
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
  • kleśa

Literally “pain,” “torment,” or “affliction.” In Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit it literally means “impurity” or “depravity.” In its technical use in Buddhism it means any negative quality in the mind that causes continued existence in saṃsāra. There are the 84,000 variations of mental disturbances for which the 84,000 categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. These mental disturbances can be subsumed into the three or five poisons of attachment, aversion, and ignorance plus arrogance and jealousy.

g.­27

age of excellence

  • bzang ldan gyi dus
  • བཟང་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
  • —

In the context of this sūtra, this appears to refer to the “age of perfection.”

g.­28

age of perfection

  • rdzogs ldan gyi dus
  • རྫོགས་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
  • kṛtayuga

The first of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. Humans in this age enjoy good qualities such as long lifespans free from disease (see 5.­238). Over the course of the four ages humans will lose a quarter of these qualities between each age.

g.­29

age of strife

  • rtsod ldan gyi dus
  • རྩོད་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
  • kaliyuga

The last of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with only one remaining quarter of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

g.­30

age of threefold endowment

  • gsum ldan gyi dus
  • གསུམ་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
  • tretayuga

The second of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with three quarters of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

g.­31

age of twofold endowment

  • gnyis ldan gyi dus
  • གཉིས་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
  • dvāparayuga

The third of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with two quarters, or half of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

g.­33

agnicūḍa

  • ag ni tsu Da
  • ཨག་ནི་ཙུ་ཌ།
  • agnicūḍa RP

A bird that we have been unable to identify.

g.­34

Ahi

  • kun ’gro
  • ཀུན་འགྲོ།
  • ahi

A righteous nāga king.

g.­35

Airāvaṇa

  • sa srung gi bu
  • ས་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
  • airāvaṇa

Śakra’s elephant.

g.­36

Alala

  • a la la
  • ཨ་ལ་ལ།
  • ṭaṭaṭaṭa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­37

All Seasons

  • dus tshigs thams cad
  • དུས་ཚིགས་ཐམས་ཅད།
  • —

A forest upon Mount Playful in Sudharma.

g.­38

All the People

  • skye bo thams cad
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཐམས་ཅད།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­39

All Worlds

  • ’jig rten thams cad pa
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་པ།
  • —

A summit in Ornament of the Mind.

g.­40

All-Reaching

  • nye ’khor na khyab pa
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ན་ཁྱབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­41

alms

  • bsod snyoms
  • བསོད་སྙོམས།
  • piṇḍapāta

The sharing of merit as food, drink, etc. is offered to members of the saṅgha.

g.­42

Always Delightful

  • rtag tu nyams dga’
  • རྟག་ཏུ་ཉམས་དགའ།
  • —

(1) A forest of the asuras. (2) A grove in Lateral.

g.­43

Always Joyous

  • rtag tu dga’ ba
  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
  • tin di kun dga’
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • ཏིན་དི་ཀུན་དགའ།
  • —

(1) A park in Sustained by Fruition (rtag tu dga’ ba). (2) A pleasure grove in High Conduct (rtag tu dga’ ba). (3) A pond on Equal Peaks (rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba). (4) A forest of the asuras (tin di kun dga’).

g.­44

Ānanda

  • kun dga’ bo
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

g.­45

Anavatapta

  • ma dros pa
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
  • anavatapta

A lake near Mount Sumeru.

g.­46

Andhaka

  • an dha ka
  • ཨན་དྷ་ཀ
  • andhaka RP

Unidentified region of India.

g.­47

Aṅga

  • ang ga
  • ཨང་ག
  • aṅga RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­48

animal

  • dud ’gro
  • དུད་འགྲོ།
  • tīryak

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, who suffer from gross ignorance or bewilderment (gti mug, moha). They inhabit the realm of desire along with human beings.

g.­49

Aṇira

  • a Ni ra
  • ཨ་ཎི་ར།
  • aṇira RP

A city in Godānīya.

g.­50

Antelope Dress

  • rna ba gon pa
  • རྣ་བ་གོན་པ།
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­51

Anūna

  • a nU na
  • ཨ་ནཱུ་ན།
  • anūna

A mountain in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­52

Any Taste You Like

  • ji ltar ’dod pa’i ro
  • ཇི་ལྟར་འདོད་པའི་རོ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­53

Ardhamaru

  • ar dha ma ru
  • ཨར་དྷ་མ་རུ།
  • ardhamaru RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­54

Arjuna

  • ardzu naH
  • ཨརྫུ་ནཿ།
  • arjuna RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­55

Army of Heroes

  • dpa’ bo’i sde
  • དཔའ་བོའི་སྡེ།
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­56

aśoka

  • mya ngan med
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
  • aśoka

Saraca asoca. The aromatic blossoms of this plant are clustered together as orange, yellow, and red bunches of petals.

g.­57

asura

  • lha ma yin
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
  • asura

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).

g.­58

asurī

  • lha ma yin gyi bu mo
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན་གྱི་བུ་མོ།
  • asurī

A female asura.

g.­59

Aṭopa

  • bsgyings pa
  • བསྒྱིངས་པ།
  • aṭopa

An unvirtuous nāga king.

g.­60

Attached to Objects

  • yul la chags pa
  • ཡུལ་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­61

Attached to Pleasures

  • ’dod pa la chags pa
  • འདོད་པ་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­62

Attached to Smell

  • dri la chags pa
  • དྲི་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­63

Attached to Sound

  • sgra la chags pa
  • སྒྲ་ལ་ཆགས་པ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­64

Attached to That

  • de la chags
  • དེ་ལ་ཆགས།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­65

Attraction

  • sems song ba
  • སེམས་སོང་བ།
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

g.­66

Auspicious Joy of Carefulness

  • bag yod pa la mngon par dga’ ba bkra shis
  • བག་ཡོད་པ་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་བཀྲ་ཤིས།
  • —

A god who taught Musulundha the Dharma.

g.­67

Auspicious One

  • bkra shis ’dzin
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་འཛིན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­69

Babbler

  • ca co ba
  • ཅ་ཅོ་བ།
  • —

A river on Upward Ocean.

g.­70

Bādūtam

  • bA dU taM
  • བཱ་དཱུ་ཏཾ།
  • bādūtam RP

A town in Videha.

g.­71

Bāhiliko

  • ba hi li ko
  • བ་ཧི་ལི་ཀོ
  • bāhiliko RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­72

Bāhlika

  • ba lhi ka
  • བ་ལྷི་ཀ
  • bāhlika

The people of the Balkh region, or Bactrians.

g.­73

bakula

  • ba ku la
  • བ་ཀུ་ལ།
  • bakula RP

The Mimusops elengi, also known as the bulletwood tree.

g.­74

Bamboo Growth

  • ’od mas skyes pa
  • འོད་མས་སྐྱེས་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­75

Bamboo Water

  • ’od ma’i chu
  • འོད་མའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­76

Bamboos Everywhere

  • ’od mas khyab par gyur pa
  • འོད་མས་ཁྱབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­77

Barbarā

  • bar ba rA
  • བར་བ་རཱ།
  • barbarā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­78

Bāsa

  • bA sa’i chu
  • བཱ་སའི་ཆུ།
  • bāsa RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­79

Battered Bodies

  • lus zhum
  • ལུས་ཞུམ།
  • vilīnagātra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­80

Beautiful Grove

  • tshal shin tu sdug pa
  • ཚལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྡུག་པ།
  • —

A grove in Dwelling on the Disk.

g.­81

Beautiful Nectar

  • bdud rtsis
  • བདུད་རྩིས།
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

g.­82

Beautiful Ornament

  • mdzes pa’i rgyan
  • མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱན།
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

g.­83

Beautiful Voice

  • grogs pa nyan
  • གྲོགས་པ་ཉན།
  • —

The horse that pulls the chariot of the sun.

g.­84

Beauty

  • mdzes pa
  • rnam par mdzes pa
  • rnam mdzes
  • མཛེས་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
  • རྣམ་མཛེས།
  • śobhavanā

(1) A city at the fourth asura level, Immovable. (2) A lake on Equal Peaks. (3) A pond on Lofty Mound (rnam par mdzes pa). (3) Refers to Dwelling in Beauty (rnam mdzes).

g.­85

Bees Everywhere

  • bung bas khyab pa
  • བུང་བས་ཁྱབ་པ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­86

Beneficial Eyes

  • phan par ’jug pa’i mig
  • ཕན་པར་འཇུག་པའི་མིག
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­87

Beryl Forest

  • bai DU rya’i tshal
  • བཻ་ཌཱུ་རྱའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in White Body.

g.­88

Beryl River

  • bai DUr+ya’i chu
  • བཻ་ཌཱུརྱའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

g.­89

Bhadraka

  • bzang ldan
  • བཟང་ལྡན།
  • bhadraka

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­90

Bhaṇḍanā

  • b+hAN+Da nA
  • བྷཱཎྜ་ནཱ།
  • bhaṇḍanā RP

A mountain off Videha.

g.­91

Bharata Abode

  • bha ra ta’i gnas pa
  • བྷ་ར་ཏའི་གནས་པ།
  • bharata RP

An island beyond Videha.

g.­92

Bhīduram

  • b+hI dU raM
  • བྷཱི་དཱུ་རཾ།
  • bhīduram RP

A town in Videha.

g.­93

Billowing Waters

  • chu g.yo ba
  • ཆུ་གཡོ་བ།
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

g.­94

Billowing Waves

  • rlabs g.yo ba
  • རླབས་གཡོ་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­95

Bilvaka of Sumeru

  • lhun po’i bi lwa kaH
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་བི་ལྭ་ཀཿ།
  • bilvaka RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­96

Black Belly

  • nag po gsus pa
  • lto gnag
  • ནག་པོ་གསུས་པ།
  • ལྟོ་གནག
  • kālodara

(1) An area in Kuru (nag po gsus pa). 2. One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. (lto gnag), also called Raven’s Belly.

g.­97

Black Line Hell

  • thig nag
  • ཐིག་ནག
  • kālasūtra

One of the eight hot hells.

g.­98

Black Mongoose-like

  • ne’u le nag po lta bu
  • ནེའུ་ལེ་ནག་པོ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • kālakanakula

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­99

Black One

  • nag po
  • ནག་པོ།
  • kālikā

A river in the hell called Raven Mouths.

g.­100

Black Swirling

  • nag po ’khyil ba
  • ནག་པོ་འཁྱིལ་བ།
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­101

Black Waters

  • chu nag po
  • ཆུ་ནག་པོ།
  • —

(1) An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river on Forest Garlands.

g.­102

Blanket of Smell

  • gos dri
  • གོས་དྲི།
  • gandhakambala

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­103

Blazing Gold

  • gser ’bar ba
  • གསེར་འབར་བ།
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­104

Blazing Splendor

  • gzi brjid ’bar ba
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་འབར་བ།
  • tejomālinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­105

Blessed One

  • bcom ldan ’das
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

g.­106

Blinding Smoke

  • ’jig rten par gyi du ba
  • mun pa dang dud pa
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པར་གྱི་དུ་བ།
  • མུན་པ་དང་དུད་པ།
  • lokāndhakārikā­dhūma

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­107

Bliss Maker

  • bde byed
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­108

Blissful Water

  • bde ba’i chu
  • བདེ་བའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­109

Blocked Neck

  • mgrin pa ’gag pa
  • མགྲིན་པ་འགག་པ།
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

g.­110

Blooming Park

  • kun dga’ ra ba’i rgyas pa
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བའི་རྒྱས་པ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­111

Blue

  • sngon po
  • སྔོན་པོ།
  • —

An ocean off Jambudvīpa.

g.­112

Blue Shade

  • grib ma sngon po
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྔོན་པོ།
  • —

A mountain by Lake Expansive.

g.­113

Blue Shadows

  • grib ma sngon po
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྔོན་པོ།
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

g.­114

Blue Stream

  • sngon ’bab
  • སྔོན་འབབ།
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­115

Blue Waters

  • chu sngon po
  • ཆུ་སྔོན་པོ།
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

g.­116

Blue-Colored One

  • mdog sngon
  • མདོག་སྔོན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­117

Boiling Cauldrons

  • snod du btso ba
  • སྣོད་དུ་བཙོ་བ།
  • kumbhīpāka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­118

Border Mountain

  • mtshams kyi mtha’i ri
  • མཚམས་ཀྱི་མཐའི་རི།
  • —

The mountain between Videha and Jambudvīpa.

g.­119

Borderlands of the Lord of Death

  • gshin rje’i mtshams kyi dgon pa
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་མཚམས་ཀྱི་དགོན་པ།
  • yama­sīmākāntāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­120

Born in a Lap

  • skyil mo krung gi steng du skye ba
  • སྐྱིལ་མོ་ཀྲུང་གི་སྟེང་དུ་སྐྱེ་བ།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­121

Born in a Tank

  • skyor chu skyes
  • སྐྱོར་ཆུ་སྐྱེས།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­122

Born Round

  • kun nas zlum par skyes pa
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཟླུམ་པར་སྐྱེས་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­123

Born Triangular

  • gru gsum pa
  • གྲུ་གསུམ་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­124

Boundless Torture

  • tshor ba dbag tu med
  • ཚོར་བ་དབག་ཏུ་མེད།
  • aparimita­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­125

Brāgajyotiṣa

  • brA ga dz+yo ti Sha
  • བྲཱ་ག་ཛྱོ་ཏི་ཥ།
  • brāgajyotiṣa RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­126

Brahmā

  • tshangs pa
  • ཚངས་པ།
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

g.­127

Brahmā Realm

  • tshangs ris
  • ཚངས་རིས།
  • brahmakāyika

The lower realm within the first concentration.

g.­129

Braided

  • ral pa can
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
  • —

A rākṣasī.

g.­130

Braided Shape

  • ral pa can gyi dbyibs
  • རལ་པ་ཅན་གྱི་དབྱིབས།
  • —

A vidyādhara site on Kālaka.

g.­131

Bright

  • dang ba
  • དང་བ།
  • —

A pool upon one of Airāvaṇa’s ears.

g.­132

Bright Jewels

  • nor bu’i cha shas rnam par bkra ba
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆ་ཤས་རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Total Pleasure.

g.­133

Bright River

  • rab tu dang ba’i chu
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­134

Bright Waters

  • chu rab tu dang ba
  • ཆུ་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ།
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

g.­135

Broken by Nāgas

  • klus brtol
  • ཀླུས་བརྟོལ།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­136

Bubbles

  • dbu ba’i tshogs
  • དབུ་བའི་ཚོགས།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­137

Buoyancy

  • rab tu dang ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ།
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­138

Buoyant Movement

  • rab tu dang bar ’gro ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

g.­139

Burning

  • rnam par sreg byed
  • རྣམ་པར་སྲེག་བྱེད།
  • —

(1) A land in the east of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river in the land known as Aṅga.

g.­140

Burning All

  • kun sreg
  • ཀུན་སྲེག
  • sarvadāha

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

g.­141

Burning Everyone

  • skye bo thams cad sreg pa
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྲེག་པ།
  • sarvajanapāka

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­142

Burning Hair

  • skra me ’bar ba
  • སྐྲ་མེ་འབར་བ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­143

Burning Torrent of the Vaitaraṇī

  • chu bo rab med rab tu tsha ba
  • ཆུ་བོ་རབ་མེད་རབ་ཏུ་ཚ་བ།
  • vaitaraṇī­pradāha­pravāha

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­144

Bursting Like Great Lotuses

  • pad ma chen po ltar gas pa
  • པད་མ་ཆེན་པོ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
  • mahāpaduma

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­145

Bursting Like Lotuses

  • pad ma ltar gas pa
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
  • paduma

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­146

Butön Rinchen Drup

  • bu ston rin chen grub
  • བུ་སྟོན་རིན་ཆེན་གྲུབ།
  • —

The famous compiler of the Kangyur (1290–1364).

g.­147

Caitra­ratha­vana

  • shing rta sna tshogs pa’i tshal
  • shing rta sna tshogs kyi tshal
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པའི་ཚལ།
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
  • caitra­ratha­vana

(1) A forest on the eastern face of Sumeru. (2) Śakra’s arsenal.

g.­148

Cakravāḍa

  • tsakra bA Do
  • ri khor yug
  • ཙཀྲ་བཱ་ཌོ།
  • རི་ཁོར་ཡུག
  • cakravāḍa

(1) A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa (tsakra bA Do). (2) Eight consecutive rings of mountains that surround the world ocean (ri khor yug).

g.­149

Calling Geese

  • ngang ngur rnams kyis rjes su bsgrags par byed pa
  • ngang pa kun sgra ’byin pa
  • ངང་ངུར་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་རྗེས་སུ་བསྒྲགས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ངང་པ་ཀུན་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
  • —

(1) A forest on Encircled by White Clouds (ngang ngur rnams kyis rjes su bsgrags par byed pa). (2) A river on Saṅkāśa (ngang pa kun sgra ’byin pa).

g.­150

calm abiding

  • zhi gnas
  • ཞི་གནས།
  • śamatha

Refers to the meditative practice of calming the mind to rest free from the disturbance of thought. One of the two basic forms of Buddhist meditation, the other being special insight (vipaśyanā, lhag mthong).

g.­151

Camel Face

  • rnga mo’i bzhin
  • རྔ་མོའི་བཞིན།
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­152

Captivating the Mind

  • mthong na yid ’phrog pa
  • མཐོང་ན་ཡིད་འཕྲོག་པ།
  • —

A mansion in Supreme Strength.

g.­153

Caraca

  • tsa ra tsa
  • ཙ་ར་ཙ།
  • caraca RP

A river on Great Slope.

g.­155

Careless Living

  • bag med pa rnams spyod pa
  • བག་མེད་པ་རྣམས་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

A forest in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

g.­156

carelessness

  • bag med pa
  • བག་མེད་པ།
  • pramāda

Disregard for virtuous qualities.

g.­157

Cascade

  • ’bab cu
  • འབབ་ཅུ།
  • —

A park in Delighting in Flower Garlands.

g.­158

Cascades of Joy

  • ’bab chu rnam kyis mngon par dga’ ba
  • འབབ་ཆུ་རྣམ་ཀྱིས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

g.­159

Caturo

  • tsa tu ro
  • ཙ་ཏུ་རོ།
  • caturo RP

A land in Godānīya.

g.­160

Caustic River

  • ba tshwa’i chu bo’i rlabs
  • བ་ཚྭའི་ཆུ་བོའི་རླབས།
  • kṣāranadī

River in the hell known as Bursting Like Great Lotuses.

g.­161

Cavern of the Closed Eye

  • mig btsums pa’i phug
  • མིག་བཙུམས་པའི་ཕུག
  • —

A cave on the mountain called Closed Eye.

g.­162

Celebrating Goddesses

  • lha’i bu mo rnams rtse dga’ bar byed pa
  • ལྷའི་བུ་མོ་རྣམས་རྩེ་དགའ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A minor mountain on Lofty Peak.

g.­163

Celebrations throughout the Land

  • nye ’khor na rtse dga’ ba
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ན་རྩེ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­164

Certain Liberation

  • nges par mthar byed
  • ངེས་པར་མཐར་བྱེད།
  • —

A park in Blazing Splendor.

g.­165

Cessation of All Faculties

  • dbang po thams cad ’gags pa
  • དབང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་འགགས་པ།
  • sarvendriya­nirodha

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­166

chatter

  • ngag kyal
  • ངག་ཀྱལ།
  • saṃbhinna­pralāpa

The fourth among the four misdeeds of speech.

g.­167

Chavikaliṅka

  • tsha bi ka ling ka
  • ཚ་བི་ཀ་ལིང་ཀ
  • chavikaliṅka RP

A forest in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­168

cheerful

  • kun spro
  • ཀུན་སྤྲོ།
  • —

A class of asuras ruled by Overjoyed.

g.­169

China

  • rgya nag
  • རྒྱ་ནག
  • cīna

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­170

Cilika

  • tsi li ka
  • ཙི་ལི་ཀ
  • cilika RP

A forest on Forest Garlands.

g.­171

Circle

  • dkyil ’khor
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­172

Circling Fish

  • nya ’khor ba
  • ཉ་འཁོར་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­173

Circling Waves

  • rlabs ’khor bar gyur pa
  • རླབས་འཁོར་བར་གྱུར་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­174

Circular Design

  • khor yug gi rnam pa
  • ཁོར་ཡུག་གི་རྣམ་པ།
  • —

An ocean beyond Videha.

g.­175

City of Hills

  • phung po’i grong khyer
  • ཕུང་པོའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­176

Clean Water

  • gtsang ba’i chu
  • གཙང་བའི་ཆུ།
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks. (2) A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­177

Clear Appearance

  • gsal bar snang ba
  • གསལ་བར་སྣང་བ།
  • —

A lake on Utterly Delightful to Behold.

g.­178

Clear Forest

  • gsal ba’i tshal
  • གསལ་བའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

g.­179

Clear Stream of Summer Clouds

  • dbyar sprin rab tu dang ba’i chu ’bab pa
  • དབྱར་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བའི་ཆུ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­180

Clear Water

  • chu dang ba
  • ཆུ་དང་བ།
  • —

A pond in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­181

Closed Eye

  • mig btsums
  • མིག་བཙུམས།
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­182

Cloud

  • sprin
  • སྤྲིན།
  • —

A mountain on the continent of Kuru.

g.­183

Cloud Banks

  • sprin brtsegs
  • སྤྲིན་བརྩེགས།
  • —

King Sudarśana’s elephant.

g.­184

Cloud below Gold

  • gser gyi ’og phag sprin
  • གསེར་གྱི་འོག་ཕག་སྤྲིན།
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

g.­185

Cloud Companion

  • sprin ’khor ba
  • སྤྲིན་འཁོར་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­186

cloud disperser

  • sprin rab tu ’byed par byed pa
  • སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­187

Cloud Forest

  • sprin gyi tshal
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཚལ།
  • —

(1) A forest in Draped with Jewels. (2) A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­188

Cloud Garland

  • sprin phreng
  • སྤྲིན་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

g.­189

Cloud Mode

  • sprin gyi ’gros
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་འགྲོས།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­190

Cloud-Like White Array

  • sprin ltar dkar brtsegs
  • སྤྲིན་ལྟར་དཀར་བརྩེགས།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­191

Cloudless Heaven

  • sprin med
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
  • anabhraka

The first level of the fourth concentration.

g.­192

coarse food

  • kham gyi zas
  • ཁམ་གྱི་ཟས།
  • kavalīkārāhāra

One of the four kinds of food.

g.­193

Colorful

  • sna tshogs
  • bkra ba
  • སྣ་ཚོགས།
  • བཀྲ་བ།
  • —

(1) A grove in Lateral (sna tshogs). (2) A forest at Sudharma (bkra ba).

g.­194

Colorful Brightness

  • rnam par sna tshogs par bkra ba
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣ་ཚོགས་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
  • —

A lotus pond in Shining in Manifold Ways.

g.­195

Colorful Waters

  • rnam par bkra ba’i chu
  • རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river in Moving in Vast Environments.

g.­196

concentration

  • bsam gtan
  • བསམ་གཏན།
  • dhyāna

Generally one of the synonyms for meditation, referring to a state of mental stability. The specific four concentrations are four successively subtler states of meditation that are said to lead to rebirth into the corresponding four levels of the form realm. One of the six perfections.

g.­197

Conch

  • dung
  • དུང་།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­198

Conch Color

  • dung gi mdog
  • དུང་གི་མདོག
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­199

Conch Sound

  • dung gi sgra si mi si mi
  • དུང་གི་སྒྲ་སི་མི་སི་མི།
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­200

Concise

  • mdor bsdus pa
  • མདོར་བསྡུས་པ།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­201

Confluence

  • tshogs pa
  • ཚོགས་པ།
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

g.­202

Confused Attachment

  • lhag par chags par rmongs pa
  • ལྷག་པར་ཆགས་པར་རྨོངས་པ།
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

g.­203

Conquered by Kadambas

  • ka dam+ba’i bya rnams kyis bcom pa
  • ཀ་དམྦའི་བྱ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་བཅོམ་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­204

Conqueror

  • rnam rgyal byed
  • རྣམ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད།
  • —

A lake in Enraptured by and Attached to Song.

g.­205

Consoler

  • ’thun par byed pa
  • འཐུན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­206

Constant Bliss

  • rtag tu bde ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་བདེ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­207

Constant Darkness

  • rtag tu mun pa
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མུན་པ།
  • nirantarāndhakāra

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­208

constant enjoyer

  • rtag tu dga’ ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­209

Constant Enjoyment

  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

g.­210

Constant Happiness

  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A pond in Continuous Movement.

g.­211

constant infatuation

  • rtag par rgyags pa
  • རྟག་པར་རྒྱགས་པ།
  • —

A bird that lives on the banks of the River of Carelessness.

g.­212

Constant Joy

  • rtag dga’
  • brtan dga’
  • རྟག་དགའ།
  • བརྟན་དགའ།
  • —

(1) A peak on Sumeru (rtag dga’). (2) A realm of the ever-infatuated gods (brtan dga’).

g.­213

Constant Lightning

  • rtag tu glog ’khyug pa
  • རྟག་ཏུ་གློག་འཁྱུག་པ།
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­214

Constant Lotus Joy

  • rtag tu pad ma rab tu dga’ ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་པད་མ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­215

Constant Play

  • rtag tu rtse ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རྩེ་བ།
  • —

A pleasure garden in Pair of Śāla Trees.

g.­216

constant power

  • rtag pa’i shugs
  • རྟག་པའི་ཤུགས།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­217

Constant Rain of Glowing Sand

  • mdag me bye ma lta bu’i char rtag tu ’bab pa
  • མདག་མེ་བྱེ་མ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཆར་རྟག་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
  • nitya­sikatāṅgāra­varṣa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­218

Constant Terror

  • rtag tu ’jigs pa
  • རྟག་ཏུ་འཇིགས་པ།
  • sadāpratibhayā

A river in the hell of the Borderland of the Lord of Death.

g.­219

Constant True Joy

  • rtag tu mngon dga’
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་དགའ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­220

Constant Water

  • rtag pa’i chu
  • brtan pa’i chu
  • རྟག་པའི་ཆུ།
  • བརྟན་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks. (2) A pond on Equal Peaks. (3) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (brtan pa’i chu).

g.­221

Constantly Crazed Bees

  • bung ba rtag myos
  • བུང་བ་རྟག་མྱོས།
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

g.­222

Constantly Ravishing

  • rtag tu rab dga’
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རབ་དགའ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­223

Consuming Blood and Fat

  • khrag dang zhag za ba
  • ཁྲག་དང་ཞག་ཟ་བ།
  • —

Alternative name for Consuming Blood and Marrow, which is one of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­224

Consuming Blood and Marrow

  • khrag dang rkang za ba
  • ཁྲག་དང་རྐང་ཟ་བ།
  • rudhira­majjāhāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­225

Continuous

  • bar med
  • བར་མེད།
  • —

A lake in Godānīya.

g.­226

Continuous Abode

  • rgyun gyi gnas
  • རྒྱུན་གྱི་གནས།
  • —

A forest in Draped with Jewels.

g.­227

Continuous Movement

  • rgyun gyis rgyu ba
  • རྒྱུན་གྱིས་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, possibly the same as Moving in Mixed Environments (rab tu rnam par ’dres pa’i khor yug na rgyu ba).

g.­228

Continuously Cultivated

  • kun nas bsten pa
  • ཀུན་ནས་བསྟེན་པ།
  • —

A lotus pond in Delighting in Flower Garlands.

g.­229

Controlled Movement

  • bsdams par rgyu ba
  • བསྡམས་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­230

Cool Water

  • chu bsil ba
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་བ།
  • —

A pond at the forest Joyous in Sudharma.

g.­231

Cool Water Home

  • chu bsil gnas
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་གནས།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­232

Cool Waters

  • chu bsil
  • ཆུ་བསིལ།
  • —

A pool in Special Joy.

g.­233

Copious Degeneration

  • nyams pa mang ba
  • ཉམས་པ་མང་བ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­234

Copious Parasites in Marrow and Bones

  • rkang dang rus pa la srin bu mang ba
  • རྐང་དང་རུས་པ་ལ་སྲིན་བུ་མང་བ།
  • majjāsthi­kṛmi­nikara

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­235

Copper Holder

  • zangs can
  • ཟངས་ཅན།
  • —

An island far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

g.­236

Copper-Colored

  • zangs kyi mdog
  • ཟངས་ཀྱི་མདོག
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­237

Coppery

  • zangs ma can
  • ཟངས་མ་ཅན།
  • —

A rākṣasī on the island called Copper Holder.

g.­238

Coral Forest

  • byi ru’i tshal
  • བྱི་རུའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A pleasure grove in White Body.

g.­239

Covered by Hair

  • skras khyab pa
  • སྐྲས་ཁྱབ་པ།
  • —

A piśāca.

g.­240

Covered by Palāśas

  • pa la sha yis kun tu khyab pa
  • པ་ལ་ཤ་ཡིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­241

Covered by Puḍi

  • pu Dis g.yogs pa
  • པུ་ཌིས་གཡོགས་པ།
  • —

An ocean to the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­242

Covered by Red Lotuses

  • pad ma dmar pos kun tu khyab pa
  • པད་མ་དམར་པོས་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­243

Covered by Vines

  • ’khri shing gis g.yogs pa
  • འཁྲི་ཤིང་གིས་གཡོགས་པ།
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

g.­244

covetousness

  • brnab sems
  • བརྣབ་སེམས།
  • abhidhyā

The first among the three mental misdeeds.

g.­245

Crested Ravens

  • skra shad ’dzings pa dang bya khwa yod pa
  • སྐྲ་ཤད་འཛིངས་པ་དང་བྱ་ཁྭ་ཡོད་པ།
  • keśoṇḍūka­vāyasa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­246

Crier

  • a tsa zer ba
  • ཨ་ཙ་ཟེར་བ།
  • cuṭucuṭu

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­247

Crown

  • spyi bo
  • སྤྱི་བོ།
  • —

Location visited for pleasure by Śakra and his entourage.

g.­248

Crown Escape

  • spyi gtsug thar
  • སྤྱི་གཙུག་ཐར།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­249

cruising the path of the sun

  • nyi ma’i lam du legs par rgyu ba
  • ཉི་མའི་ལམ་དུ་ལེགས་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­251

Crystal Encounter

  • shel ’jug pa
  • ཤེལ་འཇུག་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­252

Crystal Forest

  • shel gi tshal
  • ཤེལ་གི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Activity.

g.­253

crystal holders

  • nor bu’i do shal thogs pa
  • ནོར་བུའི་དོ་ཤལ་ཐོགས་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­254

Culundha Stream

  • tsu lun+da ’bab pa
  • ཙུ་ལུནྡ་འབབ་པ།
  • culundha RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­255

Cuñcumātī

  • tsun tsum+pa tI
  • ཙུན་ཙུམྤ་ཏཱི།
  • cuñcumātī RP

A river in Godānīya.

g.­256

cyclic existence

  • ’khor ba
  • འཁོར་བ།
  • saṃsāra

The cycle of birth and death driven by mental afflictions and karmic actions.

g.­257

Dancing Birds

  • tshal bya bro gar byed pa
  • ཚལ་བྱ་བྲོ་གར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A grove in the forest known as Incomparable.

g.­258

Daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ

  • daN+Da kA ra N+yang
  • དཎྜ་ཀཱ་ར་ཎྱང་།
  • daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­259

Dardo

  • dar do
  • དར་དོ།
  • dardo RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­260

Darkness

  • mun pa
  • མུན་པ།
  • andhakāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­261

decisive explications

  • rnam par gtan la dbab pa bstan pa’i sde
  • རྣམ་པར་གཏན་ལ་དབབ་པ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
  • upadeśa

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­262

Decorative Birds and Trees

  • bya dag shing ljon pas brgyan pa
  • བྱ་དག་ཤིང་ལྗོན་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
  • —

A forest in Engaging in Clarification.

g.­263

Deep

  • zab mo
  • zab pa
  • ཟབ་མོ།
  • ཟབ་པ།
  • —

(1) A pool upon one of Airāvaṇa’s ears (zab pa). (2) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (zab pa). (3) A forest on Saṅkāśa (zab mo).

g.­264

Deep and Joyous for the Moon

  • zab mo dang zla ba dga’ ba
  • ཟབ་མོ་དང་ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­265

Deep Stream

  • chu klung zab mo’i chu
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་ཟབ་མོའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­266

Deer Abode

  • ri dags kyi khrod
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་ཁྲོད།
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

g.­267

deer gait

  • ri dags kyi ’gros
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་འགྲོས།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­268

Definite Attainment of Pleasure

  • ’dod pa nges par thob
  • འདོད་པ་ངེས་པར་ཐོབ།
  • —

A pleasure grove in Promotion

g.­269

Delightful

  • yid kyi rjes su ’thun pa
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
  • —

(1) A forest on Encircled by White Clouds. (2) A mountain in Kuru.

g.­270

Delightful Beauty

  • yid bzhin mdzes ’gyur
  • ཡིད་བཞིན་མཛེས་འགྱུར།
  • —

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

g.­271

Delightful Environs

  • nye ’khor dga’ ba
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

g.­272

Delightful Ground to Watch

  • sa gzhi blta bar dga’ ba
  • ས་གཞི་བལྟ་བར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

g.­273

Delightful Rain

  • char dga’
  • ཆར་དགའ།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­274

Delightful Retreat

  • dgon pa dga’ ba
  • དགོན་པ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Part of the Assembly.

g.­275

Delightful Sight

  • mthong dga’
  • rnam par mthong bas dga’ ba
  • མཐོང་དགའ།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བས་དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) A lotus pool in Lateral. (2) A pond on Equal Peaks (rnam par mthong bas dga’ ba).

g.­276

Delightful Summit

  • rtse mo dga’ byed
  • རྩེ་མོ་དགའ་བྱེད།
  • —

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

g.­277

Delightful to Behold

  • mthong na dga’ ba
  • མཐོང་ན་དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View. (2) A pond in Continuous Movement.

g.­278

Delightful Waters

  • chu rab tu dga’ ba
  • ཆུ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A lotus pond in Pair of Śāla Trees.

g.­279

Delighting in Flower Garlands

  • me tog phreng dga’
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཕྲེང་དགའ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­280

Delighting in Objects

  • yul la ’dod pa
  • ཡུལ་ལ་འདོད་པ།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­281

Delighting the People

  • skye bo rnams mngon par dga’ ba
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་རྣམས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­282

Desirable

  • ’dod pa
  • འདོད་པ།
  • —

An emanated forest created upon the shoulders of Airāvaṇa.

g.­283

Desired Wind

  • ’dod pa’i klung
  • འདོད་པའི་ཀླུང་།
  • —

A city in the asura realm called Moon Garland.

g.­284

Devadatta

  • lhas byin
  • ལྷས་བྱིན།
  • devadatta

A cousin of the Buddha Śākyamuni who broke with him and established his own community. His tradition was still continuing during the first millennium ᴄᴇ. He is portrayed as engendering evil schemes against the Buddha and even succeeding in wounding him. He is usually identified with wicked beings in accounts of previous lifetimes.

g.­285

Devapāla

  • de ba phA la
  • དེ་བ་ཕཱ་ལ།
  • devapāla

The Indian king who established Vikramaśīla.

g.­286

Devoid of the Sound of Concentration

  • bsam gtan sgra’i bya bas dben pa
  • བསམ་གཏན་སྒྲའི་བྱ་བས་དབེན་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­287

Dharma Master Surrounded by Clouds

  • sprin gyi nye ’khor chos la dbang ba
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཉེ་འཁོར་ཆོས་ལ་དབང་བ།
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

g.­288

Dharma-Vinaya

  • chos ’dul ba
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
  • dharmavinaya

An early term to denote the Buddha’s teaching. “Dharma” refers to the sūtras and “Vinaya” to the rules of discipline.

g.­289

Dhiriko

  • dhi ri ko
  • དྷི་རི་ཀོ
  • dhiriko RP

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­290

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

  • yul ’khor skyong
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྐྱོང་།
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the east.

g.­291

Dhundhumāra

  • dhu na dhu mA rA
  • དྷུ་ན་དྷུ་མཱ་རཱ།
  • dhundhumāra RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­292

Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways

  • bkra ba sna tshogs kyis phye ba
  • བཀྲ་བ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་ཕྱེ་བ།
  • nānā­bhakta­vicitrā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­293

Distractor

  • g.yeng byed
  • གཡེང་བྱེད།
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

g.­294

Diverse Movements

  • rnam pa du mar ’gro ba
  • རྣམ་པ་དུ་མར་འགྲོ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

g.­295

Diversity

  • sna tshogs
  • སྣ་ཚོགས།
  • —

(1) A realm of the ever-infatuated gods. (2) A river in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­297

Divine Trees

  • lha shing gi nags
  • ལྷ་ཤིང་གི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

g.­298

divisive talk

  • phra ma
  • ཕྲ་མ།
  • piśuna

The second among the four verbal misdeeds.

g.­299

Double Pleasure

  • gnyis shing rtse ba
  • གཉིས་ཤིང་རྩེ་བ།
  • —

The city of the asura king Kaṇṭhamāla.

g.­300

Dramiḍa

  • ’gro lding ba
  • འགྲོ་ལྡིང་བ།
  • dramiḍa

(1) A country of the Deccan region of India. (2) A kingdom in southern India.

g.­301

Draped in Light Rays

  • ’od zer gyi phreng ba can
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ་ཅན།
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­302

Draped with Jewels

  • nor bu’i phyang
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཕྱང་།
  • maṇicīra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­303

Dream Obstructor

  • rmi lam mthong ba’i gegs
  • རྨི་ལམ་མཐོང་བའི་གེགས།
  • —

A rākṣasī on Sumeru Rival.

g.­304

Dropping Dead Like Moths

  • phye ma leb ltar rab tu lhung ba
  • phye ma leb ltar ’jug pa
  • ཕྱེ་མ་ལེབ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་ལྷུང་བ།
  • ཕྱེ་མ་ལེབ་ལྟར་འཇུག་པ།
  • pataṅga­prapatana­sama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­305

Drumbeat Melody

  • rnga’i sgra’i dbyangs can
  • རྔའི་སྒྲའི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­306

Drumbeats

  • rnga sgra ’byin pa’i sgra
  • རྔ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པའི་སྒྲ།
  • —

A forest on Encircled by White Clouds.

g.­307

Drunk on Winter Wine

  • rgun chang myos gnas
  • རྒུན་ཆང་མྱོས་གནས།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­308

Duck Lake

  • kA dam+ba’i chu
  • ཀཱ་དམྦའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­309

Duck Stream

  • kA raN+Da ba’i klung
  • ཀཱ་རཎྜ་བའི་ཀླུང་།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­310

Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree

  • yongs ’du na gnas pa
  • ཡོངས་འདུ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • pāriyātraka­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­311

Dwelling in Beauty

  • rnam mdzes na gnas pa
  • རྣམ་མཛེས་ན་གནས་པ།
  • vaibhrāja­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­312

Dwelling in Enjoyment

  • dga’ byed gnas pa
  • དགའ་བྱེད་གནས་པ།
  • nandana­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­313

Dwelling in Essence of Jewels

  • nor bu’i snying po na gnas pa
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྙིང་པོ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • maṇi­garbhā­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­314

Dwelling in Excellent View

  • legs mthong na gnas pa
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་ན་གནས་པ།
  • sudarśana­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­315

Dwelling in Forests

  • shing gseb na gnas pa
  • ཤིང་གསེབ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • koṭaranivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­316

Dwelling in One Direction

  • phyogs gcig na gnas pa
  • ཕྱོགས་གཅིག་ན་གནས་པ།
  • prastha­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­317

Dwelling in Sudharma

  • chos bzang na gnas pa
  • ཆོས་བཟང་ན་གནས་པ།
  • sudharma­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­318

Dwelling in the Environment

  • ’khor yug la gnas pa
  • འཁོར་ཡུག་ལ་གནས་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­319

Dwelling in the Lofty

  • mtho ba na gnas pa
  • མཐོ་བ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • tuṅganivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­320

Dwelling in Various Chariots

  • shing rta sna tshogs na gnas pa
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ན་གནས་པ།
  • caitra­ratha­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­321

Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks

  • tshang tshing gi ’gram na gnas pa
  • ཚང་ཚིང་གི་འགྲམ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • kuñjara­taṭa­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­322

Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks

  • ’dres pa’i ’gram na gnas pa
  • འདྲེས་པའི་འགྲམ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • āmiśra­taṭa­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­323

Dwelling on Summits

  • ri rtse na gnas pa
  • རི་རྩེ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • śikhara­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­324

Dwelling on the Disk

  • ’khor na gnas pa
  • འཁོར་ན་གནས་པ།
  • maṇḍala­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­325

Easy Flow

  • ’bab bde
  • འབབ་བདེ།
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

g.­326

Eaten by Iron Jackals

  • lcags kyi ce spyang gi zas
  • lcags dang ce spyang za
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཅེ་སྤྱང་གི་ཟས།
  • ལྕགས་དང་ཅེ་སྤྱང་ཟ།
  • ayaḥśivāhāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­327

eaters

  • za ba po
  • ཟ་བ་པོ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­328

Egg-Born Infatuation

  • myos pa sgo nga las skyes pa
  • མྱོས་པ་སྒོ་ང་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

g.­329

eight mundane concerns

  • ’jig rten gyi chos brgyad
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་བརྒྱད།
  • aṣṭa­loka­dharma

Hoping for happiness, fame, praise and gain and fearing suffering, insignificance, blame and loss.

g.­330

eighteen discernments

  • yid kyi dpyod pa bco brgyad
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་དཔྱོད་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
  • —

See 2.­4.

g.­331

eighteen elements

  • khams bco brgyad
  • ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
  • aṣṭā­daśa­dhātu

The objects, sense faculties, and forms of consciousness that are associated with form, sound, smell, taste, touch, and mental phenomena. See also “element.”

g.­332

eighteen floods of unique qualities

  • yon tan gyi klung rang gi yon tan bco brgyad
  • ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཀླུང་རང་གི་ཡོན་ཏན་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
  • —

Eighteen special features of a buddha’s behavior, realization, activity, and wisdom that are not shared by other beings.

g.­333

eightfold path of the noble ones

  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
  • āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga

Eight factors constituting the path of cultivation, namely: right view, right intention, right speech, right activity, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right absorption.. These are further explained in this text, see 4.B.­1101–4.B.­1102.

g.­334

elaborate teachings

  • shin tu rgyas pa’i sde
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་སྡེ།
  • vaipulya

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­335

element

  • khams
  • ཁམས།
  • dhātu

In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience and the world is in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).

The elements also refer to the elements of the physical world, which are the four main elements: earth, water, fire, and wind. Sometimes two extra elements are added to this list: space and consciousness.

g.­336

elephant chariot

  • glang po’i shing rta
  • གླང་པོའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­337

Elevated Sounds

  • sgra ’phang mthon po
  • སྒྲ་འཕང་མཐོན་པོ།
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­338

Eleven Flames

  • me lce bcu gcig
  • མེ་ལྕེ་བཅུ་གཅིག
  • ekādaśārcis

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­339

Eliminating Ailing Deer

  • sha ba na ’chang ba
  • ཤ་བ་ན་འཆང་བ།
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­340

Emanated Śakra

  • sprul pa’i brgya byin
  • སྤྲུལ་པའི་བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­341

Emanation of a Hundred Light Rays

  • ’od zer brgya ’phro ba can
  • འོད་ཟེར་བརྒྱ་འཕྲོ་བ་ཅན།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­342

Emanation of Light Rays

  • ’od zer ’phro ba
  • འོད་ཟེར་འཕྲོ་བ།
  • —

A realm in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­343

Embers Within

  • nang na me mdag yod pa
  • ནང་ན་མེ་མདག་ཡོད་པ།
  • antargataparpura

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­344

Emerging at the Summit of the Shadows

  • grib ma’i rtse la ’byung ba
  • གྲིབ་མའི་རྩེ་ལ་འབྱུང་བ།
  • —

A rākṣasī who lives in Black Waters

g.­345

Encircled by a Thousand Houses

  • mtha’ yang gang khang bu stong yod pa
  • མཐའ་ཡང་གང་ཁང་བུ་སྟོང་ཡོད་པ།
  • —

A summit in Ornament of the Mind.

g.­346

Encircled by Crystal

  • shel ’khor bar byed pa
  • ཤེལ་འཁོར་བར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­347

Encircled by White Clouds

  • sprin dkar po rgyu ba
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru, the same as White Cloud Keeper.

g.­348

Encircling Pool

  • kun nas rdzing kun du bskor ba
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྫིང་ཀུན་དུ་བསྐོར་བ།
  • —

A pool in Shaded by Garlands.

g.­349

Endless Agony

  • tshor ba mtha’ med
  • ཚོར་བ་མཐའ་མེད།
  • apāravedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­350

Endowed with Cool Water

  • chu bsil ba dang ldan pa
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A lotus lake on Endowed with Lotuses.

g.­351

Endowed with Cows

  • ba lang can
  • བ་ལང་ཅན།
  • —

A river in Jambudvīpa.

g.­352

Endowed with Crown Ornaments

  • dbu rgyan ’dzin
  • དབུ་རྒྱན་འཛིན།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­353

Endowed with Elements

  • khams dang ldan pa
  • ཁམས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

An island beyond Videha.

g.­354

Endowed with Enjoyments

  • longs spyod ldan
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན།
  • —

A nāga realm.

g.­355

Endowed with Everything

  • thams cad mngon par ’byor ba
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་པར་འབྱོར་བ།
  • —

The pleasure garden where Śakra’s elephant roams.

g.­356

Endowed with Glory

  • dpal ’dzin
  • དཔལ་འཛིན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­357

Endowed with Gold

  • gser dang ldan pa
  • གསེར་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

g.­358

Endowed with Increasing Bliss

  • bde ba rab tu ’phel ba
  • བདེ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་འཕེལ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­359

Endowed with Jewels

  • rin po che dang ldan pa
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­360

Endowed with Lotuses

  • pad ma ku she sha ya dang ldan pa
  • པད་མ་ཀུ་ཤེ་ཤ་ཡ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­361

Endowed with Migration

  • ’gro ba dang yang dag par ldan pa
  • འགྲོ་བ་དང་ཡང་དག་པར་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­362

Endowed with Result

  • ’bras bu dang ldan pa
  • འབྲས་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­363

Endowed with Riverbanks

  • gram can
  • གྲམ་ཅན།
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­364

Endowed with Rivers

  • chu ldan
  • ཆུ་ལྡན།
  • —

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­365

Endowed with the Songs of Cuckoo Birds

  • khu byug gis gang ba’i sgra dbyangs dang ldan pa
  • ཁུ་བྱུག་གིས་གང་བའི་སྒྲ་དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­366

Endowment

  • ’byor ba
  • འབྱོར་བ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­367

Engaged Conduct

  • ’jug pa’i spyod pa
  • འཇུག་པའི་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­368

Engagement with a Retinue

  • ’khor dang spyod pa
  • འཁོར་དང་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

Alternative name for the realm of Retinue.

g.­369

Engaging in Clarification

  • kun du gsal bar spyod pa
  • ཀུན་དུ་གསལ་བར་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • āvartacarā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­370

Enjoyed by Friends

  • grogs po’i longs spyod
  • གྲོགས་པོའི་ལོངས་སྤྱོད།
  • —

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­371

Enjoyer of All

  • thams cad dga’
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དགའ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­372

Enjoying the Wind

  • rlung la spyod pa
  • རླུང་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods. Also known as Movement of Wind.

g.­373

Enjoying White Lotuses

  • pad ma dkar spyod pa
  • པད་མ་དཀར་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­374

Enjoyment

  • longs spyod du gyur ba
  • dga’ ba
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་དུ་གྱུར་བ།
  • དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (longs spyod du gyur ba). (2) Refers to Dwelling in Enjoyment (dga’ ba).

g.­375

Enjoyment of Drinks

  • btung ba dga’ ba
  • བཏུང་བ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

g.­376

Enjoyment of Scents

  • dri dga’
  • དྲི་དགའ།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­377

Enjoyment of Wish-fulfilling Trees

  • dpag bsam gyi shing la spyod pa
  • དཔག་བསམ་གྱི་ཤིང་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­378

Enraptured by and Attached to Song

  • glu’i sgra la shin tu dga’ zhing mngon par chags pa
  • གླུའི་སྒྲ་ལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་དགའ་ཞིང་མངོན་པར་ཆགས་པ།
  • saṃhṛṣṭa­gīta­dhvanyabhiratā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­379

Enraptured by Smell

  • dris dregs dga’
  • དྲིས་དྲེགས་དགའ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­380

Enticer

  • sems ’gro ba
  • སེམས་འགྲོ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­381

Entirely Beneath the Earth

  • sa kun gyi ’og
  • thams cad sa ’og
  • ས་ཀུན་གྱི་འོག
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ས་འོག
  • sarvādhobhūmi

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­383

Equal to the Wind

  • rlung mtshungs pa
  • རླུང་མཚུངས་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­384

Essence of Jewels

  • nor bu’i snying po
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྙིང་པོ།
  • —

Refers to Dwelling in Essence of Jewels.

g.­385

ethical narrations

  • gleng gzhi’i sde
  • གླེང་གཞིའི་སྡེ།
  • nidāna

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­386

Even and Smooth Surface

  • mnyam zhing ’jam pa’i ngos
  • མཉམ་ཞིང་འཇམ་པའི་ངོས།
  • —

An emanated city on the back of Airāvaṇa.

g.­387

Even Toward All

  • skye bo kun snyoms
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཀུན་སྙོམས།
  • —

Brahmin who was reborn as Airāvaṇa.

g.­388

Even Waters

  • chu mnyam par gyur pa
  • ཆུ་མཉམ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­389

ever-ecstatic

  • rtag tu myos pa
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་པ།
  • sadāmatta

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

g.­390

Ever-Golden Forest

  • kun nas gser gyi tshal
  • ཀུན་ནས་གསེར་གྱི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Special Joy.

g.­391

ever-infatuated gods

  • rtag tu myos lha
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་ལྷ།
  • sadāmāda

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

g.­392

Ever-Joyous

  • kun dga’
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

g.­393

Ever-Joyous One

  • kun dga’
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­394

ever-present

  • kun ’gro
  • ཀུན་འགྲོ།
  • sarvasaha

A class of asuras that live on the third level, Excellent Abode.

g.­395

Ever-Present Chariots

  • shing rta kun ’gro
  • ཤིང་རྟ་ཀུན་འགྲོ།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­396

evil Māra

  • bdud sdig can
  • sdig can
  • བདུད་སྡིག་ཅན།
  • སྡིག་ཅན།
  • mārapāpīyān
  • pāpīyān

See “Māra.”

g.­397

Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence

  • mchog tu bzang po’i blo gros bzang po
  • མཆོག་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་པོ།
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­398

Excellent

  • bzang po
  • བཟང་པོ།
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­399

Excellent Abode

  • gnas bzang po
  • གནས་བཟང་པོ།
  • sunābhā

Third level of the asuras.

g.­400

Excellent Armies

  • sde dpung bzang po
  • སྡེ་དཔུང་བཟང་པོ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­401

Excellent Force of Perfection

  • phun sum tshogs par byed pa’i sde bzang po
  • ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་སྡེ་བཟང་པོ།
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­402

Excellent Forest

  • kun tu bzang po’i nags rnam
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་ནགས་རྣམ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­403

Excellent Garland

  • phreng bzang
  • ཕྲེང་བཟང་།
  • —

A god from whom Śakra heard the Dharma in a previous life.

g.­404

Excellent Intelligence

  • blo gros bzang
  • བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­405

Excellent Joy

  • dga’ ba bzang po
  • དགའ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­406

Excellent Taste

  • ro bzang ba
  • རོ་བཟང་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­407

Excellent View

  • blta na sdug
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
  • —

A city in the realm Dwelling in Excellent View.

g.­408

Excellent Water

  • shis pa’i chu
  • chu bzang
  • ཤིས་པའི་ཆུ།
  • ཆུ་བཟང་།
  • —

(1) A river in the Swan Forest (shis pa’i chu). (2) A river in Godānīya (chu bzang).

g.­409

Excellent Wealth

  • legs ’byor
  • ལེགས་འབྱོར།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­410

Excruciating Pain

  • tshor ba bdo ba
  • ཚོར་བ་བདོ་བ།
  • tīvravedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­411

Excruciating Splitting and Cutting by Means of a Black Iron Thread

  • lcags nag po’i skud pas ’dral zhing gcud pa tsha ba
  • ལྕགས་ནག་པོའི་སྐུད་པས་འདྲལ་ཞིང་གཅུད་པ་ཚ་བ།
  • kālāyasa­sūtra­bhedanacchedana­kaṭuka

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­412

Expanse

  • klong
  • ཀློང་།
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­413

Expansive

  • rnam par rgyas pa
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱས་པ།
  • —

A lake in Constant Bliss.

g.­414

Experiencing Wholesome Qualities

  • yon tan dkar po spyod pa
  • ཡོན་ཏན་དཀར་པོ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­415

Extent of Failed Power

  • kun tu nyams pa’i stobs kyi mtha’
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཉམས་པའི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

g.­416

External Shade

  • phyi rol gyi grib ma
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གྲིབ་མ།
  • —

A forest in Fine Complexion and Large Body.

g.­417

Extreme Screams

  • sgra ’byin shin tu sgra ’byin
  • སྒྲ་འབྱིན་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན།
  • ninādātinināda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­418

Extremely Exalted

  • shin tu mtho
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­419

Eye Garland

  • mig gi phreng ba
  • མིག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

g.­420

Eyes Beyond the World

  • mig ’jig rten las ’das pa
  • མིག་འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པ།
  • —

A land on the northern continent of Kuru.

g.­421

Eyes of the Environment

  • nye ’khor gyi mig
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་གྱི་མིག
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­422

Face of Joy

  • dga’ ba’i bzhin
  • དགའ་བའི་བཞིན།
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­424

Falling Like Rain on High Mountains

  • ri brtsegs char ltar ’bab pa
  • ri brtsegs ’bab
  • རི་བརྩེགས་ཆར་ལྟར་འབབ་པ།
  • རི་བརྩེགས་འབབ།
  • girikūṭavarṣa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­425

fearless people

  • ’jigs pa dang bral ba’i skye bu
  • འཇིགས་པ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་སྐྱེ་བུ།
  • —

Inhabitants of the Equal Peaks mountain in Kuru.

g.­426

Fearsome Screams

  • sgra ’jigs ston
  • སྒྲ་འཇིགས་སྟོན།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­427

Fearsome Waves

  • chu bo’i rlabs ’jigs pa
  • ཆུ་བོའི་རླབས་འཇིགས་པ།
  • pratibhaya­taraṅgā

A river in the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­428

Fed by Billowing Streams

  • rgyab nas klung kun du gang bar ’bab pa
  • རྒྱབ་ནས་ཀླུང་ཀུན་དུ་གང་བར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­429

Female Trees

  • bu mo’i shing gis bskor ba
  • བུ་མོའི་ཤིང་གིས་བསྐོར་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­430

Fence Ring

  • ’khor lo khyud mo
  • འཁོར་ལོ་ཁྱུད་མོ།
  • —

A ring of mountains at the end of the sea.

g.­431

Festive Words

  • dus ston gyi tshigs
  • དུས་སྟོན་གྱི་ཚིགས།
  • —

A mountain in Moving in the Wink of an Eye.

g.­432

field of merit

  • bsod nams kyi zhing
  • བསོད་ནམས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
  • puṇyakṣetra

Factors (such as Buddha, Dharma, Saṅgha, one’s parents, the sick, and the poor) which when treated with due care serve to engender merit.

g.­433

Fierce

  • rtsub pa
  • རྩུབ་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

g.­434

Filled with Stakes

  • phur bus gang ba’i chu bo
  • ཕུར་བུས་གང་བའི་ཆུ་བོ།
  • —

A river in the Crushing Hell.

g.­435

Filled with Swans

  • ngang ngur gyis gang ba
  • ངང་ངུར་གྱིས་གང་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­436

Filled with Turtles

  • rus sbal gyis gang ba
  • རུས་སྦལ་གྱིས་གང་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­437

Fine Complexion and Large Body

  • lus kyi mdog bzang zhing che ba
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་མདོག་བཟང་ཞིང་ཆེ་བ།
  • prabalecchāchāyā­śarīra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­438

Fire Garland

  • me phreng
  • མེ་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

Forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

g.­439

Fire that Brings Forth a Torrent of Tears

  • mchi ma’i rgyun me lta bur mi chad pa
  • མཆི་མའི་རྒྱུན་མེ་ལྟ་བུར་མི་ཆད་པ།
  • aśrupravāhāgni

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­441

Fish

  • nya
  • ཉ།
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­442

Fish Attractor

  • nya dang kun tu ’brel pa
  • ཉ་དང་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྲེལ་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­443

fish faces

  • nya gdong po
  • ཉ་གདོང་པོ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­444

five bases of training

  • bslab pa’i gzhi lnga
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་ལྔ།
  • pañcaśikṣāpada

Abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and intoxication.

g.­445

five classes of beings

  • ’gro ba lnga
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
  • pañca­gati

These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within cyclic existence, along with animals, starving spirits, and the hell dwellers, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms. It is also common to divide the god realm in two, the gods and the asuras, making up six realms or classes of beings (’gro ba drug, ṣaḍgati or rigs drug, ṣaṭkula).

g.­446

five classes of musical instruments

  • sil snyan yan lag lnga
  • sil snyan rnam pa lnga
  • rol mo yan lag lnga dang ldan pa
  • yan lag lnga dang ldan pa’i sil snyan
  • སིལ་སྙན་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ།
  • སིལ་སྙན་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
  • རོལ་མོ་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • ཡན་ལག་ལྔ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སིལ་སྙན།
  • —

A traditional Indian classification of musical instruments enumerates non-membranous percussion, membranous percussion, wind-blown, plucked string, and bowed string.

g.­447

five faculties

  • dbang po lnga
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
  • pañcendriya

(1) The five sense “faculties” corresponding to the five physical senses. (2) The five spiritual “faculties” or capacities to be developed: faith (śraddhā), diligence (vīrya), mindfulness (smṛti), absorption (samādhi), and insight (prajña). These are included in the thirty-seven factors of awakening.

g.­448

Five Fences of Gold and Other Materials

  • gser la sogs pa’i lcags ri lngas bskor ba
  • གསེར་ལ་སོགས་པའི་ལྕགས་རི་ལྔས་བསྐོར་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­449

Five Flowers

  • me tog lnga pa
  • མེ་ཏོག་ལྔ་པ།
  • —

A park in Born in a Tank.

g.­450

five heavenly musical instruments

  • lha rdzas kyi rnga skad yan lag lnga
  • ལྷ་རྫས་ཀྱི་རྔ་སྐད་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ།
  • —

See “five types of musical instruments.”

g.­451

five realms

  • ’gro ba lnga
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
  • pañca­gati

See “five classes of beings.”

g.­452

Five Trees

  • shing lnga pa
  • ཤིང་ལྔ་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­453

Fivefold Joy

  • dga’ ba lnga
  • དགའ་བ་ལྔ།
  • —

A pleasure garden in Moving Like the Moon.

g.­454

Flaming Iron Club

  • lcags kyi me ’bar ba’i gtun shing
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་མེ་འབར་བའི་གཏུན་ཤིང་།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­455

Flawless Forest

  • skyon med pa’i tshal
  • སྐྱོན་མེད་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

g.­456

Flocking Peacocks

  • rma bya’i tshogs
  • རྨ་བྱའི་ཚོགས།
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

g.­457

Flow

  • rnam par ’bab pa
  • རྣམ་པར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

g.­458

Flow of a Hundred Lakes

  • mtsho brgya rab tu ’bab pa
  • མཚོ་བརྒྱ་རབ་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

g.­459

Flow of Beauty

  • mdzes par ’bab pa
  • མཛེས་པར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

g.­460

Flow of Bliss

  • bde bar ’bab pa
  • བདེ་བར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

g.­461

Flow of Pearls and Coral

  • mu tig dang byi ru ’bab pa
  • མུ་ཏིག་དང་བྱི་རུ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river in the realm of the Four Great Kings.

g.­462

Flow of Red Rivers

  • chu bo dmar po ’bab pa
  • ཆུ་བོ་དམར་པོ་འབབ་པ།
  • lohita­nadī­pravāha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­463

Flow of Wine

  • chang chu ltar ’bab pa
  • ཆང་ཆུ་ལྟར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river in Supreme Splendor.

g.­464

Flower Homes

  • me tog gi khang pa
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཁང་པ།
  • —

A part of the Forest of Joy.

g.­465

flower-garland draped

  • me tog gi phreng ba ’phyang ba
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ་འཕྱང་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­466

Flowing above the Gaṅgā

  • gang gA’i steng du rgyu
  • གང་གཱའི་སྟེང་དུ་རྒྱུ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­467

Flowing Colors of Melody

  • dbyangs can gyi mdog tu ’bab pa
  • དབྱངས་ཅན་གྱི་མདོག་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­468

Foam Garlands

  • dbu ba’i phreng ba
  • དབུ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­469

food of contact

  • reg pa’i zas
  • reg pa’i kha zas
  • རེག་པའི་ཟས།
  • རེག་པའི་ཁ་ཟས།
  • sparśāhāra

Sustenance obtained through consciousness being in contact with an object; one of the four kinds of food.

g.­470

food of joy

  • dga’ ba’i zas
  • དགའ་བའི་ཟས།
  • prītyāhāra

One of the four kinds of food.

g.­471

food of volition

  • yid la sems pa’i zas
  • ཡིད་ལ་སེམས་པའི་ཟས།
  • manaḥsañcetanāhāra

One of the four kinds of food.

g.­472

Forest Course

  • nags na ’byung ba
  • ནགས་ན་འབྱུང་བ།
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

g.­473

Forest Fires Like an Enveloping Darkness

  • nags tshal gyi me mun pa ltar ’khrigs pa
  • ནགས་ཚལ་གྱི་མེ་མུན་པ་ལྟར་འཁྲིགས་པ།
  • tamo’gniṣaṇḍaḥ

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­474

Forest Garlands

  • nags kyi phreng ba
  • ནགས་ཀྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

g.­475

Forest Joy

  • nags mngon par dga’ ba
  • ནགས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­476

Forest of Amusements

  • rtsed mo’i nags
  • རྩེད་མོའི་ནགས།
  • —

(1) A forest in Continuous Movement. (2) A forest in Moving in the Stream.

g.­477

Forest of Armor

  • go cha’i tshal
  • གོ་ཆའི་ཚལ།
  • —

Where the gods receive their armor before battle.

g.­478

Forest of Cascading Water Sounds

  • ’bab chu’i sgra dang ldan pa’i nags
  • འབབ་ཆུའི་སྒྲ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest on Great Slope.

g.­479

Forest of Continuous Flames

  • nags tshal mes mched pa’i rgyud lta bu
  • ནགས་ཚལ་མེས་མཆེད་པའི་རྒྱུད་ལྟ་བུ།
  • dava­mālāgni­sama
  • davāgni­mālā­sama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­480

Forest of Divine Joys

  • lha’i nyams dga’ bar byed pa’i tshal
  • ལྷའི་ཉམས་དགའ་བར་བྱེད་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Happiness.

g.­481

Forest of Drinks

  • btung ba’i nags
  • བཏུང་བའི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­482

Forest of Enjoyment

  • dga’ ba’i tshal
  • དགའ་བའི་ཚལ།
  • —

Another name for the Forest of Amusements in Moving in the Stream.

g.­483

Forest of Fiery Mist

  • glog gi na bun tshal
  • གློག་གི་ན་བུན་ཚལ།
  • abhrāgni­nīhāra­vana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­484

Forest of Flowing Rivers

  • chu bo ’bab pa’i tshal
  • ཆུ་བོ་འབབ་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A part of the forest known as Incomparable.

g.­485

Forest of Incense

  • spos kyi tshal
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
  • —

Alternative name for Forest of Music.

g.­486

Forest of Joy

  • mngon par dga’ ba
  • མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Emanation of Light Rays.

g.­487

Forest of Laughter

  • dgod par gyur pa’i nags
  • དགོད་པར་གྱུར་པའི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest on Vast Garlands of Bliss.

g.­488

Forest of Marvelous Lotuses

  • pad ma rmad byung gi tshal
  • པད་མ་རྨད་བྱུང་གི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in One Direction.

g.­489

Forest of Multistoried Mansions

  • khang pa brtsegs pa’i tshal
  • ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A park in Tamer of Madness.

g.­490

Forest of Music

  • rol mo’i tshal
  • རོལ་མོའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Attached to Sound.

g.­491

Forest of Palaces

  • zhal med khang gi tshal
  • ཞལ་མེད་ཁང་གི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Moving on Springy Ground.

g.­492

Forest of Silver Trees

  • dngul gyi ljon zhing gi nags
  • དངུལ་གྱི་ལྗོན་ཞིང་གི་ནགས།
  • —

Part of the Forest of Joy.

g.­493

Forest of Splendor

  • gzi brjid kyi nags
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest in Supreme Strength.

g.­494

Forest of the Assembly of Kubera

  • ku be ra’i tshogs kyi nags
  • ཀུ་བེ་རའི་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest in Supreme Strength.

g.­495

Forest of Vines

  • ljon zhing kun tu ’khril ba
  • ལྗོན་ཞིང་ཀུན་ཏུ་འཁྲིལ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­496

Forest of White Lotus Petals

  • pad ma dkar po’i tshal
  • པད་མ་དཀར་པོའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A pleasure grove in Shaded by Garlands.

g.­497

four ages

  • dus bzhi
  • དུས་བཞི།
  • caturyuga

Four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa including the age of perfection, age of threefold endowment, age of twofold endowment, and age of strife.

g.­498

four concentrations

  • bsam btan bzhi
  • བསམ་བཏན་བཞི།
  • caturdhyāna

The four levels of the realm of form.

g.­499

four errors

  • phyin ci log bzhi
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་བཞི།
  • caturviprayāsa

Taking what is impermanent to be permanent, what is painful to be delightful, what is unclean to be clean, and what is no self to be a self.

g.­500

four fruitions

  • ’bras bu bzhi
  • འབྲས་བུ་བཞི།
  • caturphala

The four results of the hearer’s path.

g.­502

four human abodes

  • mi’i gnas bzhi
  • མིའི་གནས་བཞི།
  • —

This seems to refer to the four continents around Mount Meru.

g.­503

four kinds of food

  • zas rnam pa bzhi
  • ཟས་རྣམ་པ་བཞི།
  • caturāhāra

The four types of food on which beings subsist: coarse food, the food of contact, the food of volition, and the food of joy.

g.­504

four truths of noble beings

  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
  • caturāryasatya

The first teaching of the Buddha covering suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path to the cessation of suffering.

g.­505

four types of fearlessness

  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
  • caturabhaya

Fearlessness in declaring that one has (1) awakened, (2) ceased all illusions, (3) taught the obstacles to awakening, and (4) shown the way to liberation.

g.­506

Fragrant

  • spos ’byung
  • སྤོས་འབྱུང་།
  • —

A grove in Lateral.

g.­507

Fragrant Flowers

  • me tog dri zhim pa ’byung ba
  • མེ་ཏོག་དྲི་ཞིམ་པ་འབྱུང་བ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­508

Fragrant Forest

  • dri zhim pa’i tshal
  • དྲི་ཞིམ་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

g.­509

Fragrant Garlands

  • dri’i phreng ba
  • དྲིའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­510

Fragrant Stream

  • dri’i chu
  • དྲིའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­511

Free from Action

  • bya ba med pa
  • བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

g.­512

Free from Anger

  • khro ba bral ba
  • ཁྲོ་བ་བྲལ་བ།
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

g.­513

Free from Sand

  • bye mas ma bcom pa
  • བྱེ་མས་མ་བཅོམ་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­514

Free from Weeds

  • chu bal dang rnam par bral ba
  • ཆུ་བལ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྲལ་བ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­515

Freedom from Suffering

  • myang ngan bral
  • མྱང་ངན་བྲལ།
  • —

A mansion in the forest Endowed with Everything.

g.­516

Frolicking

  • rab tu rtse bar byed pa
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྩེ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­517

Fruits of Constant Beauty

  • ’bras bu rtag tu mdzas
  • འབྲས་བུ་རྟག་ཏུ་མཛས།
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

g.­518

Fulfillment of Wishes

  • bsams ’gro
  • yid bzhin sna tshogs
  • བསམས་འགྲོ།
  • ཡིད་བཞིན་སྣ་ཚོགས།
  • —

(1) A lake near Sudharma (bsams ’gro). (2) A lotus pool in Lateral (yid bzhin sna tshogs).

g.­519

Full of Hundreds of Birds

  • bya brgya phrag gis kun tu gang ba
  • བྱ་བརྒྱ་ཕྲག་གིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་གང་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­520

Full of Lotuses

  • pad mas khyab par gyur pa
  • པད་མས་ཁྱབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­521

Furnace

  • me thab
  • མེ་ཐབ།
  • agnikuṇḍa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­522

Gajānana

  • glang po’i gdong
  • གླང་པོའི་གདོང་།
  • gajānana

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­523

Gambhīrajala

  • gam bhi ra dza lang
  • གམ་བྷི་ར་ཛ་ལང་།
  • gambhīrajala RP

A lake in Godānīya.

g.­524

Gandhara

  • gan d+ha ra
  • གན་དྷ་ར།
  • gandhara RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­525

gandharva

  • dri za
  • དྲི་ཟ།
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

g.­526

Gandharva Melody

  • dri za’i dbyangs can
  • དྲི་ཟའི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­527

Gaṅgā

  • gang gA
  • གང་གཱ།
  • gaṅgā RP

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

g.­528

Gaṅkara

  • gang ka ra
  • གང་ཀ་ར།
  • gaṅkara RP

A city in Godānīya.

g.­529

Garland

  • phreng
  • ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A park in Born in a Tank.

g.­530

Garland Abode

  • phreng ba gnas pa
  • ཕྲེང་བ་གནས་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­531

Garland of Bathing Ponds

  • khrus kyi rdzing bu’i phreng ba
  • ཁྲུས་ཀྱི་རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­532

Garland of Bell Bangles

  • g.yer kha’i phreng ba’i tshal
  • གཡེར་ཁའི་ཕྲེང་བའི་ཚལ།
  • —

Forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

g.­533

Garland of Celestial Cottages

  • gzhal yas khang gi khang bu’i phreng ba
  • གཞལ་ཡས་ཁང་གི་ཁང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A location in Supreme Strength.

g.­534

Garland of Golden Trees

  • shing ljon pa’i phreng ba
  • ཤིང་ལྗོན་པའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A grove in Dwelling in Essence of Jewels.

g.­535

Garland of Lightning

  • glog gi phreng ba
  • གློག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

g.­536

Garland of Lotus Ponds

  • pad ma’i rdzing bu’i phreng ba
  • པད་མའི་རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

Ponds in the Forest of Amusements.

g.­537

Garland of Lotuses

  • pad ma’i phreng ba
  • པད་མའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • padmamālin

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­538

Garland of Mansions

  • khang bzangs kyi phreng ba
  • ཁང་བཟངས་ཀྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A realm in which Musulundha resides.

g.­539

Garland of Parks

  • nye ba’i tshal gyi phreng ba
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཚལ་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A palace visited by King Sudarśana.

g.­540

Garland of Planets

  • rgyu skar phreng
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­541

Garland of Plantains

  • tA la’i phreng ba
  • ཏཱ་ལའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­542

Garland of Play

  • rtsed mo’i phreng ba
  • རྩེད་མོའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­543

Garland of Pleasure Groves

  • skyed mos tshal gyi phreng ba
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A grove in Supreme Strength.

g.­544

Garland of Pools

  • lteng ka phreng
  • ལྟེང་ཀ་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

g.­545

Garland of Splendor

  • gzi brjid phreng
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཕྲེང་།
  • tejojālinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­546

Garland of Stars

  • ’gram dngar
  • skar ’phreng
  • འགྲམ་དངར།
  • སྐར་འཕྲེང་།
  • tārāmāla

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­547

Garland of Tortures

  • gnod pa’i rgyun
  • གནོད་པའི་རྒྱུན།
  • kāraṇāmāla

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­548

garland-bearer gods

  • phreng thogs lha
  • ཕྲེང་ཐོགས་ལྷ།
  • mālādhara

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

g.­549

Garland-Draped

  • phreng ba’i nyes ’khor
  • ཕྲེང་བའི་ཉེས་འཁོར།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­550

Garlands of Flowers

  • me tog gi phreng ba
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

Part of the Forest of Joy.

g.­551

Garlands of Foam

  • dbu ba’i phreng ba
  • དབུ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A river on Triple Horns.

g.­552

Garlands of Lightning

  • glog gi phreng ba
  • གློག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A sea to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­553

garuḍa

  • nam mkha’ lding
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

g.­554

Gathered

  • tshogs pa
  • ཚོགས་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­555

Gautama

  • gau ta ma
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
  • gautama

Appellation for the Buddha, primarily used by non-Buddhists.

g.­556

Giver of Stones

  • rdo sbyin par byed pa
  • རྡོ་སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A river on Uttara Mountain.

g.­557

Glowing Hot Embers

  • me mdag tsha ba
  • མེ་མདག་ཚ་བ།
  • rūkṣāṅgāra­nibha

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

g.­558

god

  • lha
  • ལྷ།
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

g.­560

Godāvarī

  • go dA ba rI
  • གོ་དཱ་བ་རཱི།
  • godāvarī RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­561

Gold Garland

  • gser gyi phreng ba
  • གསེར་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A river at Radiant Streams.

g.­562

Gold Water

  • gser gyi chu
  • གསེར་གྱི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­563

Golden Garland

  • gser phreng
  • གསེར་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

Forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

g.­564

Golden Ground

  • gser gyi sa gzhi dang ldan pa
  • གསེར་གྱི་ས་གཞི་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­565

Golden Shadow

  • gser gyi grib ma
  • གསེར་གྱི་གྲིབ་མ།
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

g.­566

Golden Walls

  • gser gyi rtsig pa
  • གསེར་གྱི་རྩིག་པ།
  • —

An island in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­567

Golden Waters

  • gser gyi mdog gi chu
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་གི་ཆུ།
  • —

(1) A river on Cakravāḍa. (2) A sea between Godānīya and Kuru.

g.­568

Gonakī

  • go na kI
  • གོ་ན་ཀཱི།
  • gonakī RP

A location in Jambudvīpa renowned for soft cotton.

g.­569

Gorgeous Gold Summit

  • rtse mo yid ’ong gser
  • རྩེ་མོ་ཡིད་འོང་གསེར།
  • —

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

g.­570

Gorgeous Heaven

  • shin tu mthong
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
  • sudarśana

The fourth of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

g.­571

Gorgeous Mount

  • ri mdzes pa
  • རི་མཛེས་པ།
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

g.­572

Gośīrṣaka

  • go shiR+Sha pa
  • གོ་ཤིཪྵ་པ།
  • gośīrṣaka

A minor mountain on Lofty Peak.

g.­573

Grape Water

  • rgun ’bru’i chu
  • རྒུན་འབྲུའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­574

Great Action

  • las chen po
  • ལས་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­575

Great and Utter Joy

  • rab dga’ chen po
  • རབ་དགའ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­576

Great Belly

  • lto chen po
  • ལྟོ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

g.­577

Great Brahmā

  • tshangs chen
  • ཚངས་ཆེན།
  • mahābrahma

The highest level of the first concentration.

g.­578

Great Bright Light

  • rab tu dang bar snang ba chen po
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བར་སྣང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

g.­579

Great Buoyancy

  • rab tu dang ba chen po
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­580

Great Darkness

  • mun nag chen po
  • མུན་ནག་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A hell in the vicinity of Ultimate Torment

g.­581

Great Depth

  • gting zab
  • གཏིང་ཟབ།
  • āgādha

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

g.­582

Great Flow

  • chen po rab tu ’bab pa
  • ཆེན་པོ་རབ་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­583

Great Fruition

  • ’bras bu che ba
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ་བ།
  • —

The third level of the fourth concentration.

g.­585

Great Joy

  • dga’ ba chen po
  • དགའ་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A forest in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

g.­586

Great Power

  • dbang chen
  • དབང་ཆེན།
  • —

A mountain in the sea beyond Jambudvīpa

g.­587

Great Rodhā

  • ro dhA chen po
  • རོ་དྷཱ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­588

Great Śālmali Forest

  • shing shal ma li chen po’i tshal
  • shing shal ma la’i tshal chen
  • ཤིང་ཤལ་མ་ལི་ཆེན་པོའི་ཚལ།
  • ཤིང་ཤལ་མ་ལའི་ཚལ་ཆེན།
  • mahā­śālmali­vana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­589

Great Scorching

  • rab tu sreg pa chen po
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྲེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • mahāpradāha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­590

Great Slope

  • logs chen po
  • ལོགས་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

g.­591

Great Sound

  • sgra chen
  • སྒྲ་ཆེན།
  • —

A river in the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­592

Great Summit

  • rtse mo rgya chen po
  • རྩེ་མོ་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Vast Environments.

g.­593

Great Tangible Darkness

  • mun nag thibs
  • མུན་ནག་ཐིབས།
  • tamonicaya­sparśa

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

g.­594

Great Trees

  • shing chen po
  • ljon shing
  • ཤིང་ཆེན་པོ།
  • ལྗོན་ཤིང་།
  • —

(1) A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View (shing chen po). (2) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (ljon shing).

g.­595

Great Waters

  • chu chen po
  • ཆུ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A river in Ornament of the Mind.

g.­596

Great Waves

  • rlabs chen po
  • rlabs chen
  • རླབས་ཆེན་པོ།
  • རླབས་ཆེན།
  • —

(1) An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa (rlabs chen po). (2) A river in the south of Jambudvīpa (rlabs chen).

g.­597

ground

  • sa
  • ས།
  • bhūmi

Stage of spiritual maturation or realization on the path to awakening, serving as the ground for the growth of noble qualities.

g.­598

Ground of Constant Joy

  • kun dga’ gzhi
  • ཀུན་དགའ་གཞི།
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

g.­599

ground traveler

  • sa gzhi la rgyu ba
  • ས་གཞི་ལ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­600

Grove

  • kun nas tshal
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཚལ།
  • —

A grove in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks.

g.­601

Grove of Beauty

  • nags tshal mdzes
  • ནགས་ཚལ་མཛེས།
  • —

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

g.­602

Grove of Delicious Wine

  • chang zhim po’i tshal
  • ཆང་ཞིམ་པོའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Moving on Springy Ground.

g.­603

Grove of Infatuation

  • myos byed kyi tshal
  • མྱོས་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
  • —

A grove in Mutual Liking.

g.­604

Grove of Utter Joy

  • tshal rab tu dga’ ba
  • ཚལ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A grove in Garland of Splendor.

g.­605

Growing Utpalas

  • ud pa la skye
  • ཨུད་པ་ལ་སྐྱེ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­606

guardians of the world

  • ’jig rten skyong ba
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ།
  • —

This refers to the Four Great Kings.

g.­607

guhyaka

  • gsang ba pa
  • གསང་བ་པ།
  • guhyaka

A subclass of yakṣas.

g.­608

halāhala

  • ha la ha la
  • ཧ་ལ་ཧ་ལ།
  • halāhala

A mythological poison said to have been produced by demonic forces in their fight against the gods.

g.­609

Hanging Leaves

  • lo ma shin tu ’phyang ba
  • ལོ་མ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕྱང་བ།
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

g.­610

Happiness

  • rtag tu dga’ ba
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­611

Happy Bees

  • bung ba mngon dga’
  • བུང་བ་མངོན་དགའ།
  • —

A grove in Lateral.

g.­612

Happy Flow

  • yid bde bar ’bab pa
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­613

Happy Mind

  • yid dga’
  • yid bde ba
  • ཡིད་དགའ།
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བ།
  • —

(1) A forest in Living by Rājanina (yid dga’). (2) A mountain in the eastern sea between Jambudvīpa and Videha (yid bde ba).

g.­614

Harmed by Pain

  • sdug bsngal gyis gnod pa
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་གྱིས་གནོད་པ།
  • duḥkhataḍāga

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­615

Harmful Forest

  • gnod pa’i nags
  • གནོད་པའི་ནགས།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­616

harsh words

  • tshig rtsub
  • ཚིག་རྩུབ།
  • pāruṣya

The third among the four verbal misdeeds.

g.­617

Heap in the Stream

  • klung na brtsegs pa
  • ཀླུང་ན་བརྩེགས་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Living on the Peak.

g.­618

Heap of Incense

  • spos brtsegs
  • སྤོས་བརྩེགས།
  • —

A peak upon Mount Sumeru.

g.­619

Heap of Iron

  • lcags kyi phung po
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

g.­620

Heap of Live Coals of Iron-dust

  • lcags kyi phye ma me mdag gi ra ba
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཕྱེ་མ་མེ་མདག་གི་ར་བ།
  • ayaś­cūrṇāṅgāra­nikara

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell. Alternatively referred to as Metallic Fire (lcags kyi me).

g.­621

Heaps of Fresh Butter

  • mar sar gyi gong bu
  • མར་སར་གྱི་གོང་བུ།
  • —

A lake on the mountain called “Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence.”

g.­622

hearer

  • nyan thos
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
  • śrāvaka

The term is most simply interpreted as “those who hear” the Buddha’s teaching, i.e. his disciples, but the additional element that they then “make it heard” to others is often present in canonical glosses. In a Mahāyāna context it refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of a worthy one (arhat), and not to embark on the path of a bodhisattva (with buddhahood as its ultimate goal).

g.­623

Heartbreaking Cries

  • snying rje rje skad sgra ’byin pa
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་རྗེ་སྐད་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
  • karuṇānināda

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­624

Heaven Free from Strife

  • ’thab bral
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
  • yāma

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

g.­625

Heaven of Delighting in Emanations

  • ’phrul dga’
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
  • nirmāṇarati

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

g.­626

Heaven of Increased Merit

  • bsod nams skyes
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
  • puṇyaprasava

The second level of the fourth concentration.

g.­627

Heaven of Joy

  • dga’ ldan
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

g.­628

Heaven of Limited Virtue

  • dge chung
  • དགེ་ཆུང་།
  • parīttaśubha

The first level of the third concentration.

g.­629

Heaven of Limitless Virtue

  • tshad med dge
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
  • apramāṇaśubha

The third level within the third concentration.

g.­630

Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations

  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed pa
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད་པ།
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

g.­631

Heaven of No Hardship

  • mi gdung ba
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
  • atapa

The second of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

g.­632

Heaven of Perfected Virtue

  • dge rgyas
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
  • śubhakṛtsna

The second level of the third concentration.

g.­633

Heaven of the Four Great Kings

  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
  • caturmahā­rājika

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

g.­634

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

  • sum cu rtsa gsum
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

g.­635

hell being

  • sems can dmyal ba
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
  • naraka

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, engendered by anger and powerful negative actions. They are dominated by great suffering and said to dwell in different hells with specific characteristics.

g.­636

hell of Destructive Wood Fire

  • shing skam ltar ’jigs par ’tshed
  • ཤིང་སྐམ་ལྟར་འཇིགས་པར་འཚེད།
  • —

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­639

Hell of the Lump

  • bsdus pa
  • ’khums pa
  • བསྡུས་པ།
  • འཁུམས་པ།
  • piṇḍonaraka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­641

High and Low

  • dma’ ba dang mtho ba
  • དམའ་བ་དང་མཐོ་བ།
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

g.­642

High and Seen by Everyone

  • kun mthong mtho
  • ཀུན་མཐོང་མཐོ།
  • —

A forest in Promotion.

g.­643

High Brahmins of Brahmā

  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
  • —

The second level of the first among the realms of form.

g.­644

High Conduct

  • mtho bar spyod pa
  • མཐོ་བར་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • utkarṣacārinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­645

High Priests of Brahmā

  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
  • brahmapurohita

The intermediate level of the first concentration.

g.­646

Highest Heaven

  • ’og min
  • འོག་མིན།
  • akaniṣṭha

The fifth of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

g.­647

highway possessors

  • lam chen ldan
  • ལམ་ཆེན་ལྡན།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­648

Himalayas

  • kha ba can
  • ཁ་བ་ཅན།
  • himālaya

The Himalayan mountain range

g.­649

Himavat

  • gangs can
  • གངས་ཅན།
  • himavat

Mountains in the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­650

Holder of Joy

  • kun dga’ ba ’dzin pa
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བ་འཛིན་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­651

Holder of Supreme Gifts

  • mchog sbyin ’dzin
  • མཆོག་སྦྱིན་འཛིན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­652

Hole Marked by Spinning Wheels

  • ’khor lo ltar yongs su bskor ba mtshan ma’i bar
  • འཁོར་ལོ་ལྟར་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐོར་བ་མཚན་མའི་བར།
  • paribhrāmita­cakrāṅka­vivara

A place in Ultimate Torment.

g.­653

Home of Birds

  • bya nges par gnas pa
  • བྱ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

g.­654

Home of Geese

  • ngang pa’i gnas
  • ངང་པའི་གནས།
  • —

One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant.

g.­655

Honey River

  • sbrang rtsi ’bab pa’i chu bo
  • སྦྲང་རྩི་འབབ་པའི་ཆུ་བོ།
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

g.­656

Honey Water Forest

  • sbrang rtsi’i chu’i tshal
  • སྦྲང་རྩིའི་ཆུའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in One Direction.

g.­657

Horse Cloud Forest

  • rta’i sprin
  • རྟའི་སྤྲིན།
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

g.­658

horse-faced people

  • rta gdong can
  • རྟ་གདོང་ཅན།
  • turaṃgavadana

A type of kinnara that has a horse face and the body of a horse.

g.­659

House of Refined Gold

  • gser phug gi khang pa
  • གསེར་ཕུག་གི་ཁང་པ།
  • tapanīyagṛha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­660

Hovering Bees

  • bung ba rkang drug rjes su rgyu ba
  • བུང་བ་རྐང་དྲུག་རྗེས་སུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A lotus pool on the banks of Flow of Beauty.

g.­662

Howling Like a Jackal

  • wa ltar sgra ’byin
  • wa skad ’byin
  • ཝ་ལྟར་སྒྲ་འབྱིན།
  • ཝ་སྐད་འབྱིན།
  • jambukanināda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­663

Huluhulu

  • hu lu hu lu
  • ཧུ་ལུ་ཧུ་ལུ།
  • huluhulu RP

An unvirtuous nāga king.

g.­664

Hundred Arches

  • rta babs brgya pa
  • རྟ་བབས་བརྒྱ་པ།
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

g.­665

Hundred Peaks

  • parba brgya pa
  • པརྦ་བརྒྱ་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

g.­666

Ikṣvāku

  • bu ram shing pa
  • བུ་རམ་ཤིང་པ།
  • ikṣvāku

Śākyamuni’s family line.

g.­667

ill will

  • gnod sems
  • གནོད་སེམས།
  • vyāpāda

The second among the three mental misdeeds.

g.­668

Illuminating the Surroundings

  • nye ’khor kun tu snang ba
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Living by Rājanina.

g.­669

Illumination

  • ’od snang
  • འོད་སྣང་།
  • —

A forest in Shining in Manifold Ways.

g.­670

Immeasurable

  • gzhal du med pa
  • གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A river in the northern continent of Kuru.

g.­671

Immortal One

  • mi ’chi
  • མི་འཆི།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­672

Immovable

  • mi g.yo ba
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
  • acalā

The fourth level of the asuras.

g.­673

Immutable One

  • mi ’gyur
  • མི་འགྱུར།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­674

imperceptible form

  • rnam par rig byed ma yin pa
  • rnam par rig byed ma yin pa’i gzugs
  • རྣམ་པར་རིག་བྱེད་མ་ཡིན་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་རིག་བྱེད་མ་ཡིན་པའི་གཟུགས།
  • avijñaptirūpa

Entities, such as vows, that are categorized as form composed of the physical elements yet remain imperceptible.

g.­675

Impossible to Die

  • gsod med
  • གསོད་མེད།
  • nirmarmara

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell. Also known as No Death.

g.­676

In Tune with All Pleasures

  • ’dod pa thams cad rjes su ’thun pa
  • འདོད་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
  • —

A forest in Shining in Manifold Ways.

g.­677

Incense River

  • spos chu
  • སྤོས་ཆུ།
  • —

A river in the realm of the Four Great Kings.

g.­678

Incessantly Intense Pain

  • tshor ba rtag tu ’dus pa
  • ཚོར་བ་རྟག་ཏུ་འདུས་པ།
  • samāhṛta­vedana

A realm that neigbors the Black Line Hell.

(The term Samāhṛtavedana is reading, on the authority of the Tib., samāhūta˚ as samāhṛta˚)

g.­679

Incomparable

  • dpe med pa
  • དཔེ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A forest at Sudharma.

g.­680

Incomparable Harm

  • gnod pa dpe med pa
  • གནོད་པ་དཔེ་མེད་པ།
  • pīḍānupama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­681

incorrect mental engagement

  • tshul bzhin ma yin pa’i yid la byed pa
  • ཚུལ་བཞིན་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
  • ayoniśomanas­kara

Identifications and discernments that run counter to the actual nature of things.

g.­682

Indra

  • dbang po
  • དབང་པོ།
  • indra

Another name of Śakra.

g.­683

Infatuation with One’s Body

  • rang lus kyi rgyags pa
  • རང་ལུས་ཀྱི་རྒྱགས་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­684

Infinite Flow

  • dpag tu med pa ’bab pa
  • དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­685

Infinite Pain

  • tshor ba mtha’ yas
  • ཚོར་བ་མཐའ་ཡས།
  • anantaduḥkha
  • anantavedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­686

Infinite Shores

  • mtha’ yas pha rol
  • མཐའ་ཡས་ཕ་རོལ།
  • anantapārā

A river in hell.

g.­687

Infinite Sinking into the Ground

  • sar ’bying mtha’ yas
  • སར་འབྱིང་མཐའ་ཡས།
  • ananta­majjana­bhūmi

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­688

Infinite Torture

  • tshor ba tshad med pa
  • ཚོར་བ་ཚད་མེད་པ།
  • mahāpramāṇa­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­689

Infinitely Long Torture

  • sdug bsngal mtha’ yas mang ba
  • tshor ba mtha’ med ring
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་མཐའ་ཡས་མང་བ།
  • ཚོར་བ་མཐའ་མེད་རིང་།
  • apāra­dīrgha­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­690

Inner Vastness

  • nang yangs pa
  • ནང་ཡངས་པ།
  • —

A lake in Supreme Strength.

g.­691

Insatiable

  • ngoms mi myong
  • ངོམས་མི་མྱོང་།
  • —

A river in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­692

insight

  • shes rab
  • ཤེས་རབ།
  • prajñā

Transcendent or discriminating awareness; the mind that sees the ultimate truth. One of the six perfections of the bodhisattva.

g.­693

Instant Revival Upon Death

  • shi ma thag tu ’tsho ba
  • ཤི་མ་ཐག་ཏུ་འཚོ་བ།
  • sama­mṛtyu­jīvita

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as Life Isochronous with Death.

g.­694

Insuperable

  • zil gyis mi non pa
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་མི་ནོན་པ།
  • —

A king of the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations.

g.­695

Intense Harm

  • gnod pa drag pa
  • གནོད་པ་དྲག་པ།
  • caṇḍaghora

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­696

Intense Heat from All Directions

  • phyogs thams cad rab tu sreg pa
  • ཕྱོགས་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྲེག་པ།
  • sarva­dikpratāpa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­697

Intoxicating Abode

  • myos gnas
  • མྱོས་གནས།
  • —

A forest in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways.

g.­698

Invisible

  • mi mthong ba
  • མི་མཐོང་བ།
  • —

A river on Eye Garland.

g.­699

Invisible Summit

  • rtse rtse mi snang
  • རྩེ་རྩེ་མི་སྣང་།
  • —

A mountain near the asura city Double Pleasure.

g.­700

Iron Plates

  • lcags gleg
  • lcags snam
  • ལྕགས་གླེག
  • ལྕགས་སྣམ།
  • ayaspaṭṭa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­701

Iron Vase

  • lcags kyi bum pa
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་བུམ་པ།
  • ayaskumbha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­702

Iron Wilderness

  • lcags tshal dgon pa
  • ལྕགས་ཚལ་དགོན་པ།
  • ayovanakāntāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­703

Isle of Jewels

  • rin po che’i gling
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
  • —

A mountain in the sea far beyond Jambudvīpa

g.­704

Isolated Highlands

  • ’brog tu rnam par chad pa
  • འབྲོག་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཆད་པ།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­705

Īśvara

  • dbang phyug
  • དབང་ཕྱུག
  • īśvara

Literally “lord,” this term is an epithet for the god Śiva, but functions more generally in Buddhist texts as a generalized “supreme being” to whom the creation of the universe is attributed.

g.­706

Jagaddala

  • dza gad+dA la
  • ཛ་གདྡཱ་ལ།
  • jagaddala

An important Buddhist monastery located in Bengal (modern day Bangladesh), founded by King Rāmapāla (ruled 1077–1120 ᴄᴇ).

g.­707

Jambha

  • ’dzam bha
  • འཛམ་བྷ།
  • jambha

An asura.

g.­708

Jambu

  • ’dzam bu
  • འཛམ་བུ།
  • jambu

A river famed for its excellent gold

g.­709

Jaṃbu Forest

  • ’jam bu’i tshal
  • འཇམ་བུའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

g.­710

Jambudvīpa

  • ’dzam bu gling
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

g.­711

Jambudvīpa Garland

  • ’dzam bu’i gling gi phreng ba
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

An island to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­712

Janaka

  • skyed pa
  • སྐྱེད་པ།
  • janaka

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­713

Jewel Forest

  • nor bu’i nags
  • rin po che’i nags
  • ནོར་བུའི་ནགས།
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ནགས།
  • —

(1) A forest in Endowed with Migration (nor bu’i nags). (2) A forest on the upper level of Living on the Peak (rin po che’i nags).

g.­714

Jewel Friends

  • rin po che’i grogs po
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གྲོགས་པོ།
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­715

Jewel Islands

  • rin po che’i gling
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
  • —

An ocean off Jambudvīpa.

g.­716

Jewel Platforms

  • nor bu’i stegs bu
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྟེགས་བུ།
  • —

A lake in Total Pleasure.

g.­717

Jewel Rocks

  • rin po che’i rdo ba dang ldan pa
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྡོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­718

Jewel Shore

  • rin po che’i ’gram
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འགྲམ།
  • —

A forest in Supreme Strength.

g.­719

jewel summit

  • ri’i gtsug na nor bu
  • རིའི་གཙུག་ན་ནོར་བུ།
  • —

A bird in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­720

Jewel-Water Keeper

  • nor bu’i chu can rnams kyis ’dzin pa
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆུ་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་འཛིན་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­721

Joy of the Vidyādharas

  • rig pa ’dzin pa dga’ ba
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­722

Joyful Garland

  • dgod phreng
  • དགོད་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

g.­723

Joyful Gods

  • lha rnams dga’ ba
  • ལྷ་རྣམས་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A pond in Continuous Movement.

g.­724

Joyless Thought

  • bsam pa dga’ med
  • བསམ་པ་དགའ་མེད།
  • ānandanirāśa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as No Hope of Joy (kun dga’ la re ba med pa) in the Tibetan text.

g.­725

Joyous

  • rab tu spro ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྤྲོ་བ།
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­726

Joyous

  • kun dga’
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
  • —

A forest at Sudharma.

g.­727

Joyous Birds

  • bya rnam par dga’ ba
  • བྱ་རྣམ་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) A forest in Continuous Movement (bya rnam par dga’ ba). (2) A pond in Continuous Movement (bya mngon par dga’ ba).

g.­728

Joyous Birdsong

  • bya’i sgra mngon par dga’ ba
  • བྱའི་སྒྲ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A part of the Forest of Joy.

g.­729

Joyous Flow

  • dga’ bar ’bab pa
  • དགའ་བར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river in the Swan Forest.

g.­730

Joyous Forest

  • kun dga’ ba
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

g.­731

Joyous Garland of Jambu Gold

  • rab tu dga’ ba’i ’dzam bu’i phreng ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་འཛམ་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A gandharva colony on Mount Sāra.

g.­732

Joyous Gods

  • lha dga’ ba
  • ལྷ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­733

Joyous Grove

  • dga’ ba’i tshal
  • དགའ་བའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest on the southern face of Sumeru.

g.­734

Joyous Higher Realms

  • mtho ris dga’ ba
  • མཐོ་རིས་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river that flows between the two Anūna mountains.

g.­735

Joyous Imagination

  • kun brtags par dga’ ba
  • ཀུན་བརྟགས་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

Alternative name of the lake Expansive.

g.­736

Joyous in All Regards

  • mngon dga’
  • མངོན་དགའ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­737

Joyous Magnetizer of All

  • dbang du ma gyur pa ma yin pas yid mngon par dga’ ba
  • དབང་དུ་མ་གྱུར་པ་མ་ཡིན་པས་ཡིད་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­738

Joyous Mountain

  • dga’i ba’i ri’i nags
  • དགའི་བའི་རིའི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

g.­739

Joyous Movement

  • dga’ bas ’jug pa
  • དགའ་བས་འཇུག་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­740

Joyous Nāga Girls

  • klu’i bu mo mngon par dga’ ba
  • ཀླུའི་བུ་མོ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­741

Joyous Play

  • rtsed mo dga’ ba
  • རྩེད་མོ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

g.­742

Joyous Smoke

  • du ba dga’ ba
  • དུ་བ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

g.­743

Joyous Summit Visitor

  • rtse mo la ’jug par dga’ ba
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལ་འཇུག་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­744

Joyous to Behold

  • mthong na dga’ ba
  • མཐོང་ན་དགའ་བ།
  • —

Pools that surround the summit of All Worlds.

g.­745

Joyous Women

  • bud med dga’ ba
  • བུད་མེད་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest at Sudharma.

g.­746

Just Like Milk

  • ’o ma dang mtshungs par ’jug pa
  • འོ་མ་དང་མཚུངས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­747

Kāberi

  • kA be ri
  • ཀཱ་བེ་རི།
  • kāberi RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­748

Kābīra

  • kA bI ra
  • ཀཱ་བཱི་ར།
  • kābīra RP

A forest in Promotion.

g.­749

Kailāśa

  • ti se
  • ཏི་སེ།
  • kailāśa

A mountain in the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­750

Kailāśa Horn

  • ti se’i rwa
  • ཏི་སེའི་རྭ།
  • —

A mountain north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­751

Kāla

  • nag po
  • ནག་པོ།
  • kāla

An unvirtuous nāga king.

g.­752

Kālaka

  • kA la ko
  • ཀཱ་ལ་ཀོ
  • kālaka

An island in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­753

kālakūṭa

  • kA la ku Ta
  • ཀཱ་ལ་ཀུ་ཊ།
  • kālakūṭa

A deadly poison that originated when the gods and asuras churned the oceans to create the nectar of immortality.

g.­754

Kamboja

  • kam po dzI
  • ཀམ་པོ་ཛཱི།
  • kamboja

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa, corresponding to the northern Afghanistan

g.­755

Kanakamuni

  • gser thub
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
  • kanakamuni

The name of a previous buddha.

g.­756

Kaṇṭhamāla

  • mgul phreng
  • མགུལ་ཕྲེང་།
  • kaṇṭhamāla

King of the “necklaces” (a class of asuras).

g.­757

karada

  • ka ra da
  • ཀ་ར་ད།
  • karada RP

A bird of a red color whose voice has been described as like thunder or the sound of a drum.

g.­758

karketana

  • ke ke ru
  • ཀེ་ཀེ་རུ།
  • karketana

A stone sometimes identified as cat’s eye.

g.­759

Karmapa III, Rangjung Dorjé

  • rang ’byung rdo rje
  • རང་འབྱུང་རྡོ་རྗེ།
  • —

(1284–1339). An important master in the Karma Kagyu lineage of Tibetan Buddhism (karma bka’ brgyud). He is considered the third master in the lineage to have the title of Karmapa.

g.­760

karmic actions to be experienced in other lives

  • lan grangs gzhan la myong bar ’gyur ba’i las
  • ལན་གྲངས་གཞན་ལ་མྱོང་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ལས།
  • apara­paryāya­vedanīya

One of the three types of karma whose results are experience neither in the present nor the next, but the subsequent lives. The other two types are the “karma that ripens in this life” (dṛṣṭa­dharma­vipāka or dṛṣṭa­dharma­vedanīya) and the “karma that is to be experienced in the immediately following life” (upapadya­vedanīya).

g.­761

Karṇika

  • kar+N+Ni ka
  • ཀརྞྞི་ཀ
  • karṇika RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­762

kāsa

  • ka sa
  • ཀ་ས།
  • kāsa

The grass Saccharum spontaneum, native to Indian subcontinent.

g.­763

Kāśī

  • ka shi
  • kA shi
  • ka shi ka
  • ཀ་ཤི།
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
  • ཀ་ཤི་ཀ
  • —

Ancient name for Vārāṇasī, the holy city on the banks of the Gaṅgā, this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. It lies in modern day Uttar Pradesh, India.

g.­765

Kaṭuka

  • ka Tu ka
  • ཀ་ཊུ་ཀ
  • kaṭuka RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­766

Kauśika

  • kau shi ka
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
  • kauśika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.

g.­767

Kauśika

  • kau shi ka
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
  • kauśika

(1) A river in the east of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river in the ephemeral hell known as Red.

g.­768

Kauśikama

  • kau shi ka ma
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ་མ།
  • kauśikama RP

A river on Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence.

g.­769

Kāverī

  • kA be rI
  • ཀཱ་བེ་རཱི།
  • kāverī

A river in Jambudvīpa.

g.­770

Kekāpino

  • ke kA pi no
  • ཀེ་ཀཱ་པི་ནོ།
  • kekāpino RP

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­771

Ketaka

  • ke ta ka
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀ
  • ketaka RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­772

Ketaka Fragrance

  • ke ta ka’i dris bsgos pa
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀའི་དྲིས་བསྒོས་པ།
  • ketaka RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­773

Ketako

  • ke ta ko
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀོ
  • ketako RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­774

Ketu

  • mjug rings
  • མཇུག་རིངས།
  • ketu

One among the nine heavenly bodies.

g.­775

Khārā

  • khA rA
  • ཁཱ་རཱ།
  • khārā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­776

killing

  • srog gcod pa
  • སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
  • prāṇātipāta

The first among the three physical misdeeds.

g.­777

kimpāka

  • kim pa ka
  • ཀིམ་པ་ཀ
  • kimpāka

A fruit that is attractive to behold and has a delicious taste, but is poisonous when eaten.

g.­778

kiṃśuka

  • king shu ka
  • keng shu ka
  • ཀིང་ཤུ་ཀ
  • ཀེང་ཤུ་ཀ
  • kiṃśuka

Butea frondosa, also known as flame of the forest; a tree with bright red flowers.

g.­779

Kinkikirāta

  • kin+ki ki rA tA
  • ཀིནྐི་ཀི་རཱ་ཏཱ།
  • kinkikirāta RP

A barbaric people in Jambudvīpa.

g.­780

kinnara

  • mi’am ci
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
  • kinnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

g.­781

Kokālika

  • ko ka li ka
  • ཀོ་ཀ་ལི་ཀ
  • kokālika

A monk who joined Devadatta’s plot against the Buddha.

g.­782

Koraṇḍo

  • ko raN+Do
  • ཀོ་རཎྜོ།
  • koraṇḍo RP

A land in Godānīya.

g.­783

Kosala

  • ko sa la
  • kau sha la
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀཽ་ཤ་ལ།
  • kosala
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by King Prasenajit.

g.­784

Kośalā

  • ko sha lA
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལཱ།
  • kośalā RP

A river in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­785

Kourava

  • ko’u ra ba
  • ཀོའུ་ར་བ།
  • kourava RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

g.­786

Kouṭubha

  • kau Tub+haH
  • ཀཽ་ཊུབྷཿ།
  • kouṭubha RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­787

Krakucchanda

  • ’khor ba ’jig
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
  • krakucchanda

The first buddha of the Fortunate Eon (our current eon).

g.­788

kṣatriya

  • rgyal rigs
  • རྒྱལ་རིགས།
  • kṣatriya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.

g.­789

Kṣoṇo

  • Sho No
  • ཥོ་ཎོ།
  • kṣoṇo RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

g.­790

Kubala Grove

  • ku ba la’i tshal
  • ཀུ་བ་ལའི་ཚལ།
  • kubala RP

A grove in Promotion

g.­791

Kubera

  • ku be ra
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
  • kubera

Also known as Vaiśravaṇa. One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the north.

g.­792

Kukkuṭācīra

  • kuk+ku TA tsI ra
  • ཀུཀྐུ་ཊཱ་ཙཱི་ར།
  • kukkuṭācīra RP

A forest on Forest Garlands.

g.­793

Kulakā

  • ku la kA
  • ཀུ་ལ་ཀཱ།
  • kulakā

A rākṣasī living in Ramayo.

g.­794

Kumāra

  • gzhon nu
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
  • kumāra

Another name for the god Skandha.

g.­795

kumbhāṇḍa

  • grul bum
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
  • kumbhāṇḍa

Dwarf-like beings.

g.­796

Kumuda Flowers

  • me tog ku mu da
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུ་མུ་ད།
  • kumuda RP

A river in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­797

Kuṇḍalin

  • ’khyil pa
  • འཁྱིལ་པ།
  • kuṇḍalin

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­798

Kuñjaro

  • kuny+dza ro
  • ཀུཉྫ་རོ།
  • kuñjaro RP

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­800

kuśika

  • ku shi kA
  • ཀུ་ཤི་ཀཱ།
  • kuśika RP

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­801

Land of Kuṭa Fruits

  • ku Ta’i ’bras bu pa
  • ཀུ་ཊའི་འབྲས་བུ་པ།
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­802

Land of No Mercy

  • snying rje med pa’i sa
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་མེད་པའི་ས།
  • nirdayabhūmi

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­803

Land of the Good

  • bzang po pa
  • བཟང་པོ་པ།
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­804

Laṅkapuri Rākṣasas

  • lang ka’i grong khyer na nges par gnas pa’i srin po
  • ལང་ཀའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ན་ངེས་པར་གནས་པའི་སྲིན་པོ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­805

Lateral

  • mtha’ la gnas pa
  • མཐའ་ལ་གནས་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­806

Life Isochronous with Death

  • srog ’chi ba dang bcas pa
  • སྲོག་འཆི་བ་དང་བཅས་པ།
  • samṛtyujīvita

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as Instant Revival Upon Death (shi ma thag tu ’tsho ba) in the Tibetan text.

g.­807

Light Ray Peak

  • ’od zer gyis rtse mo
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱིས་རྩེ་མོ།
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

g.­808

Light Rays of Joy

  • ’od zer mngon par dga’ ba
  • འོད་ཟེར་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

g.­809

Light Rays of the Forest

  • nags tshal ’od zer
  • ནགས་ཚལ་འོད་ཟེར།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­810

lightning wielder

  • glog ’khyug par byed pa
  • གློག་འཁྱུག་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­811

Like Stacks of Dry Wood

  • shing skam bsdus pa
  • ཤིང་སྐམ་བསྡུས་པ།
  • dārusaṃvartaka

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­812

Like Unopened Flowers

  • me tog kha ma bye ba lta bu
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཁ་མ་བྱེ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­813

Limited Light

  • ’od chung
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
  • parīttābha

The lowest level of the form realm’s second concentration.

g.­814

Limitless Flow

  • mtha’ med ’bab
  • མཐའ་མེད་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Delighting in Flower Garlands.

g.­815

Limitless Light

  • tshad med ’od
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
  • apramāṇābhā

The second level within the form realm’s second concentration.

g.­816

Living by Rājanina

  • rA dza ni na rgyu ba
  • རཱ་ཛ་ནི་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­817

Living in Forests and Parks

  • tshal dang nye ba’i tshal na gnas pa
  • ཚལ་དང་ཉེ་བའི་ཚལ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­818

Living in Kuttāṃgati

  • kuD+TAM ga ti na gnas pa
  • ཀུཌྚཱཾ་ག་ཏི་ན་གནས་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­819

Living in Mountain Ranges

  • ri’i klung na kun tu spyod pa
  • རིའི་ཀླུང་ན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­820

Living on the Peak

  • brtsegs pa rgyu ba
  • བརྩེགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­821

Lofty Abode

  • mtho bar gnas
  • མཐོ་བར་གནས།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­822

Lofty Heaps of Silver

  • dngul mthon por brtsegs pa
  • དངུལ་མཐོན་པོར་བརྩེགས་པ།
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

g.­823

Lofty Mound

  • mtho brtsegs
  • མཐོ་བརྩེགས།
  • —

(1) A peak upon Mount Sumeru. (2) A mountain in Garland of Splendor.

g.­824

Lofty Peak

  • mtho bar brtsegs pa
  • མཐོ་བར་བརྩེགས་པ།
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

g.­825

Lofty Summit

  • mtho bar brtsegs pa
  • མཐོ་བར་བརྩེགས་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru. Also known as Covered by Lotuses (pad ma dmar pos kun tu khyab pa).

g.­826

Long

  • ring pa
  • རིང་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­827

Long-Lasting Agony

  • tshor ba ring ba
  • ཚོར་བ་རིང་བ།
  • pratāntavedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­828

Longing for Smell

  • ’dri ’dod
  • འདྲི་འདོད།
  • gandhakambala

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­829

Lord of Death

  • gshin rje
  • ’chi bdag
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
  • འཆི་བདག
  • yama

Ruler of the hells.

g.­830

Lotus Pool of Sparkling Waters

  • rnam par bkra ba’i chu’i pad ma’i rdzing bu
  • རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བའི་ཆུའི་པད་མའི་རྫིང་བུ།
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

g.­831

Lotuses Resembling Sunlight

  • pad ma’i nyi ma’i ’od lta bu
  • པད་མའི་ཉི་མའི་འོད་ལྟ་བུ།
  • —

A lotus pond in the forest known as Incomparable.

g.­832

Lovely

  • yid ’ong
  • ཡིད་འོང་།
  • —

A river in Engaging in Clarification.

g.­833

Lovely Girl

  • bud med sdug
  • བུད་མེད་སྡུག
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

g.­834

Lovely Pleasure Garden

  • skyed mos tshal dga’
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ་དགའ།
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

g.­835

Lovely Scent

  • spos kun ldan
  • སྤོས་ཀུན་ལྡན།
  • —

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

g.­836

Lovely Voice

  • skad kyi dbyangs can
  • སྐད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­837

Low River

  • dma’ ba’i chu
  • དམའ་བའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­838

Luminosity

  • ’od gsal ba
  • འོད་གསལ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View.

g.­839

Luminosity

  • ’od gsal
  • འོད་གསལ།
  • ābhāsvara

The uppermost level of the second concentration in the form realm.

g.­840

Luminous

  • rab tu gsal ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་གསལ་བ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­841

Luminous Formation

  • rab chags gsal
  • རབ་ཆགས་གསལ།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­842

Luminous Jewels

  • rin po che ’od ’byin
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་འབྱིན།
  • —

A mountain on Radiant Streams.

g.­844

Madrā

  • ma drA
  • མ་དྲཱ།
  • madrā RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­845

Madtakaṭama

  • mad ta ka Ta ma
  • མད་ཏ་ཀ་ཊ་མ།
  • madtakaṭama RP

A peak upon Mount Sumeru.

g.­846

Magadha

  • ma ga dhA
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
  • magadha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

g.­847

Mahādeva

  • lha chen po
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • mahādeva

An epithet of Śiva.

g.­848

Maheśvara

  • dbang phyug chen po
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ།
  • maheśvara

Another name for the god Śiva.

g.­849

Mahikṣikā

  • ma hi ShI kA
  • མ་ཧི་ཥཱི་ཀཱ།
  • mahikṣikā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­850

mahoraga

  • lto ’phye chen po
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

g.­851

Maitreya

  • byams pa
  • བྱམས་པ།
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

g.­852

Majestic Trees

  • shing ’gying ba
  • ཤིང་འགྱིང་བ།
  • —

A forest at Shining Jewel Light.

g.­853

Making the Hair of All Beings Stand on End

  • sems can thams cad spu zing
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་སྤུ་ཟིང་།
  • —

A place in Ultimate Torment.

g.­854

mākṣāḍa

  • mA ShA Da
  • མཱ་ཥཱ་ཌ།
  • mākṣāḍa RP

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­855

Malaya

  • ma la ya
  • མ་ལ་ཡ།
  • malaya

A mountain in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­856

Malaya dweller

  • ma la ya gnas pa
  • མ་ལ་ཡ་གནས་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­857

Malaya Mountains

  • ri ma la ya
  • རི་མ་ལ་ཡ།
  • malayagiri

A mountain range in Jambudvīpa.

g.­858

Mālikā

  • mA li kA gling
  • མཱ་ལི་ཀཱ་གླིང་།
  • mālikā RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­859

Mālikagaṅkara Forest

  • mA li ka gang+ka ra’i nags
  • མཱ་ལི་ཀ་གངྐ་རའི་ནགས།
  • mālikagaṅkara RP

A forest on Great Slope.

g.­860

Mānadehā

  • mAn de hA
  • མཱན་དེ་ཧཱ།
  • mānadehā RP

A rākṣasī living on Ardhamaru.

g.­861

Mānasaṅkalpa

  • yid kyis brtags pa
  • ཡིད་ཀྱིས་བརྟགས་པ།
  • mānasaṅkalpa

City in the Heaven of Joy.

g.­862

Mānasarovara

  • ma pham
  • མ་ཕམ།
  • mānasarovara RS

A lake in Jambudvīpa.

g.­863

Maṇḍala

  • maN+DalaM
  • མཎྜལཾ།
  • maṇḍala RP

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­864

mandārava

  • man dA ra ba
  • མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
  • mandārava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.

g.­865

Mandārava Forest

  • me tog man dA ra ba’i tshal
  • མེ་ཏོག་མན་དཱ་ར་བའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in Moving Mind.

g.­866

Mandehā

  • man de ha
  • མན་དེ་ཧ།
  • mandehā RP

A rākṣasī living in Blue Waters.

g.­867

Māndhāta

  • nga las nu
  • ང་ལས་ནུ།
  • māndhāta

(1) A powerful king whose good deeds lent splendor to the Pleasure Grove Park. (2) A universal monarch.

g.­868

Maṅgalā

  • bkra shis ma
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་མ།
  • maṅgalā

A queen of Rāhu, king of asuras.

g.­869

Manifest Karmic Action

  • las mngon sum
  • ལས་མངོན་སུམ།
  • karmasākṣin

A mountain range surrounding the hell of Embers Within.

g.­870

Manifold Chariots

  • shing rta sna tshogs pa
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ།
  • —

A forest in Living on the Peak.

g.­871

Mañjuśrī

  • ’jam dpal
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

g.­872

Mansion of Great Joy

  • khang bzangs rab tu dga’ bar gnas pa
  • ཁང་བཟངས་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གནས་པ།
  • —

A mansion in Sudharma.

g.­873

Mansion of the Mirror of Karmic Actions

  • me long gi khang pa
  • མེ་ལོང་གི་ཁང་པ།
  • —

A mansion within one of the trees in Pair of Śāla Trees.

g.­874

māra

  • bdud
  • བདུད།
  • māra

(1) A demonic being often bearing the epithet of the “Evil One” (pāpīyān, sdig can), sometimes said to be the principal deity in Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations, the highest paradise in the desire realm; also one of the names of the god of desire, Kāma in the Vedic tradition. He is portrayed as attempting to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment. In early soteriological religions, the principal deity in saṃsāra, such as Indra, would attempt to prevent anyone’s realization that would lead to such a liberation.

(2) The devas ruled over by Māra and assisting his attempts to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment; they do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra. More generally, they are symbolic of the defects within a person that prevent enlightenment. These four personifications are the māra of the sons of gods (devaputramāra, lha’i bu’i bdud), which is the distraction of pleasures; the māra of death (mṛtyumāra, ’chi bdag gi bdud); the māra of the aggregates (skandhamāra, phung po’i bdud), which is the body; and the māra of the afflictions (kleśamāra, nyon mongs pa’i bdud).

g.­875

marvels

  • rmad du byung ba’i sde
  • རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
  • adbhutadharma

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­876

Massaged and Touched with the Palm of the Hand

  • lag mthil gyis byug cing reg pa
  • ལག་མཐིལ་གྱིས་བྱུག་ཅིང་རེག་པ།
  • —

A river in the realm of the gods in Dwelling on Summits within the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­877

Masses of Vajra-Like Bones

  • rus pa rdo rje lta bu ’byung
  • རུས་པ་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ་འབྱུང་།
  • vajrāsthi­patana­sampāta

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­878

Matala

  • ma ta la
  • མ་ཏ་ལ།
  • matala RP

A grove in Supreme Splendor.

g.­879

Mātali

  • ma ta li
  • མ་ཏ་ལི།
  • mātali

Śakra’s elephant driver.

g.­880

Meghalati

  • me g+ha la ti
  • མེ་གྷ་ལ་ཏི།
  • meghalati RP

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

g.­881

Meghamālin

  • sprin phreng can
  • sprin phreng
  • སྤྲིན་ཕྲེང་ཅན།
  • སྤྲིན་ཕྲེང་།
  • meghamālin

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­882

Mekala Source

  • me ka la ’byung ba
  • མེ་ཀ་ལ་འབྱུང་བ།
  • mekala RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­883

Melako

  • me la ko
  • མེ་ལ་ཀོ
  • melako RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­884

Melodious

  • dbyangs snyan pa
  • དབྱངས་སྙན་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­885

Melodious Experience

  • snyan pa spyod pa
  • སྙན་པ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • —

A location in Mutual Liking.

g.­886

mendicant

  • dge sbyong
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
  • śramaṇa

An ordained Buddhist practitioner. Pairs often with brahmin.

g.­887

mending ritual

  • gso sbyong
  • གསོ་སྦྱོང་།
  • poṣadha

The monastic procedure for confession of misdeeds and the restoration of vows.

g.­888

Menko

  • men ko
  • མེན་ཀོ
  • menko RP

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­889

Mental Stain

  • sems kyi dri ma
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་དྲི་མ།
  • —

A land in Godānīya.

g.­890

Merging

  • ’dres pa’i tshal
  • འདྲེས་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A grove in the forest known as Incomparable.

g.­891

Merging of the Sindhū and the Sea

  • sin+d+hu dang rgya mtsho gnyis ’dre ba
  • སིནྡྷུ་དང་རྒྱ་མཚོ་གཉིས་འདྲེ་བ།
  • —

An area to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­892

Metallic Fire

  • lcags kyi me
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་མེ།
  • ayo’gninaraka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell. Alternatively referred to as Heap of Live Coals of Iron-dust (lcags kyi phye ma me ma dag gi ra ba).

g.­893

Milky River

  • ’o ma’i chu
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­894

Milky Sea

  • ’o ma’i chu
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­895

Milky Waters

  • ’o ma’i chu
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A sea to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­896

Minced up by Raining Loops of Wire

  • srad bu’i rgyud dkrugs pa
  • srad bu’i rgyud ’dre ba dud pa ltar ’khrigs pa
  • སྲད་བུའི་རྒྱུད་དཀྲུགས་པ།
  • སྲད་བུའི་རྒྱུད་འདྲེ་བ་དུད་པ་ལྟར་འཁྲིགས་པ།
  • tantu­varṣa­māloddhṛta

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­897

Mirror Forest

  • me long tshal
  • མེ་ལོང་ཚལ།
  • —

Forest upon Mount Playful in Sudharma.

g.­898

Mirror Lake

  • kun mthong
  • ཀུན་མཐོང་།
  • —

A lake in the realm of the asuras.

g.­899

Misperception

  • ’du shes log pa
  • འདུ་ཤེས་ལོག་པ།
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

g.­900

Misunderstanding

  • log par rnam par lta ba
  • ལོག་པར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
  • vitathadarśana

A place in Ultimate Torment.

g.­901

Mithila

  • mi thi la
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
  • mithila RP

A land in Godānīya.

g.­902

Mithila Grove

  • mi thi la’i tshal
  • མི་ཐི་ལའི་ཚལ།
  • mithila RP

A Buddhist temple in a previous time period.

g.­903

Mixed

  • yongs su ’dres pa
  • kun tu ’dres pa
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེས་པ།
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འདྲེས་པ།
  • —

(1) A forest on the northern face of Sumeru (yongs su ’dres pa). (2) A river in Godānīya (kun tu ’dres pa).

g.­904

Mixture

  • ’dres pa
  • འདྲེས་པ།
  • —

A forest on the third asura level, Excellent Abode.

g.­905

Molten Red

  • dmar po rnam par zhu
  • དམར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་ཞུ།
  • —

A river in the ephemeral hell known as Red.

g.­906

monastic administrator

  • zhal ta pa
  • ཞལ་ཏ་པ།
  • vaiyāpṛtyakara

The officer who receives and administers donations on behalf of the Saṅgha.

g.­907

Moon Body

  • zla ba’i lus
  • ཟླ་བའི་ལུས།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­908

Moon Garland

  • zla ba’i phreng ba
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • candramālā

A realm below that of Rāhu.

g.­909

Moon Joy

  • zla ba dga’ ba
  • ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­910

Moon Mountain

  • zla ba’i ri bo
  • ri bo zla ba
  • ཟླ་བའི་རི་བོ།
  • རི་བོ་ཟླ་བ།
  • —

(1) A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa (zla ba’i ri bo). (2) A mountain upon which the gods of the Four Great Kings will take position while awaiting the asura army (ri bo zla ba).

g.­911

Moon Power

  • zla ba’i shugs
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཤུགས།
  • —

A river in Godānīya.

g.­912

Moon-Like

  • zla ba ’dra
  • ཟླ་བ་འདྲ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Summits.

g.­913

most humble

  • shin tu dud pa
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་དུད་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­914

Mount Illuminator

  • kun tu snang byed
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བྱེད།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­915

Mount Playful

  • rtse ba’i ri
  • ri rtse ba
  • རྩེ་བའི་རི།
  • རི་རྩེ་བ།
  • —

(1) A mountain in the forest of Joyous Women. (2) A mountain in High Conduct.

g.­916

Mount Sky Reacher

  • ri mkha’ thug
  • རི་མཁའ་ཐུག
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

g.­917

Mount Stainless

  • ri grib med
  • རི་གྲིབ་མེད།
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

g.­918

Mount Universal Joy

  • ri thams cad dga’
  • རི་ཐམས་ཅད་དགའ།
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

g.­919

Mount Wish-Fulfilling Emanation

  • ri yid bzhin sprul
  • རི་ཡིད་བཞིན་སྤྲུལ།
  • —

A mountain in Pleasant Sound.

g.­920

mountain based

  • ri rnams la kun tu chags pa
  • རི་རྣམས་ལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཆགས་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­921

Mountain Dwellings

  • ri la nges par gnas pa
  • རི་ལ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­922

mountain mansion dwellers

  • lhun po’i khang na gnas pa
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་ཁང་ན་གནས་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­923

Mountain of Play

  • rtsed mo’i ri bo
  • རྩེད་མོའི་རི་བོ།
  • —

A mountain in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

g.­924

Mountain Stream

  • ri bo la rgyu ba
  • རི་བོ་ལ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­925

Mountainous Environs

  • ri’i nye ’khor
  • རིའི་ཉེ་འཁོར།
  • —

A part of Mountainous Garland.

g.­926

Mountainous Garland

  • ri’i phreng ba
  • རིའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Controlled Movement.

g.­927

Mountainous Joy

  • ri’i khrod dga’ ba
  • རིའི་ཁྲོད་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Total Pleasure.

g.­928

Mountainous Light Garland

  • ri’i ’od phreng
  • རིའི་འོད་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

g.­929

Moved

  • g.yos pa
  • གཡོས་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­930

Movement

  • kun tu rgyu
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­931

Movement Everywhere

  • thams cad ’gro ba
  • ཐམས་ཅད་འགྲོ་བ།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­932

Movement of Wind

  • rlung gi rgyu
  • rlung gi rgyu ba
  • རླུང་གི་རྒྱུ།
  • རླུང་གི་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

(1) Alternative name for Enjoying the Wind (rlung gi rgyu). (2) One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife (rlung gi rgyu ba).

g.­933

Moving among Eyes

  • mig la kun tu rgyu ba
  • མིག་ལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­934

Moving Flowers

  • me tog rgyu ba
  • མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­935

Moving Fragrance

  • dri rgyu ba
  • དྲི་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­936

Moving in Gatherings

  • tshogs pa rgyu ba
  • ཚོགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­937

Moving in Mixed Environments

  • rab tu rnam par ’dres pa’i khor yug na rgyu ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འདྲེས་པའི་ཁོར་ཡུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, possibly the same as Continuous Movement (rgyun gyis rgyu ba).

g.­938

Moving in Mountain Ranges

  • ri’i tshogs na rgyu ba
  • རིའི་ཚོགས་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­939

Moving in One’s Land

  • rang gi yul bar rgyu ba
  • རང་གི་ཡུལ་བར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­940

Moving in the Stream

  • rgyun gyi gnas na rnam par rgyu ba
  • རྒྱུན་གྱི་གནས་ན་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­941

Moving in the Wink of an Eye

  • mig phye zhing ’gro ba btsums nas ’gro ba
  • མིག་ཕྱེ་ཞིང་འགྲོ་བ་བཙུམས་ནས་འགྲོ་བ།
  • nimeṣonmeṣa­gatī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­942

Moving in Vast Environments

  • rgya chen po’i khor yug na rgyu ba
  • རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོའི་ཁོར་ཡུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, presumably the same as Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­943

Moving Like the Moon

  • zla ba’i gnas ltar rgyu ba
  • ཟླ་བའི་གནས་ལྟར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • candrāyaṇacāra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Also called Resembling the Full Moon.

g.­944

Moving Mind

  • yid g.yo ba
  • ཡིད་གཡོ་བ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­945

Moving Moon

  • zla ba rgyu ba
  • ཟླ་བ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­946

Moving on Springy Ground

  • dma’ ba dang mtho ba na rgyu ba
  • དམའ་བ་དང་མཐོ་བ་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • nimnonnatā­cāriṇī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­947

moving without delay

  • ’gor ba med par ’gro ba
  • འགོར་བ་མེད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­948

Multicolor

  • ’dres pa
  • འདྲེས་པ།
  • —

A mountain on the continent of Kuru.

g.­949

musāragalva

  • mu sA ra gal+ba
  • mu sA ra gal ba
  • mu sa ra
  • spug
  • མུ་སཱ་ར་གལྦ།
  • མུ་སཱ་ར་གལ་བ།
  • མུ་ས་ར།
  • སྤུག
  • musāragalva

Musāragalva is fossilized coral that has undergone transformation under millions of years of underwater pressure. It appears in one version of the list of seven precious materials. The Tibetan tradition describes it as being formed from ice over a long period of time. It can also refer to tridacna (Tridacnidae) shell, which is also presently referred to by the name musaragalva. Attempts to identify musāragalva have included sapphire, cat’s eye, red coral, conch, and amber.

g.­950

Musulundha

  • mu su lun dha
  • མུ་སུ་ལུན་དྷ།
  • musulundha RP

King of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­951

Mutation

  • gzhan du ’gyur ba
  • གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
  • anyathā­parivarta

(1) One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. (2) One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­952

Mutilation by Iron

  • lcags kyis bsgyur ba
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱིས་བསྒྱུར་བ།
  • ayaḥ­parivartaka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­953

Mutual Harm

  • phan tshun gnod pa
  • ཕན་ཚུན་གནོད་པ།
  • paraspara­pīḍā­saṃvarta

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­954

Mutual Liking

  • phan tshun dga’
  • ཕན་ཚུན་དགའ།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­955

Nāḍoḍina

  • nA Do DI na
  • ནཱ་ཌོ་ཌཱི་ན།
  • nāḍoḍina RP

A mountain in Godānīya.

g.­957

Nāga Beru

  • klu’i be ruH
  • ཀླུའི་བེ་རུཿ།

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­958

Nāga River

  • klu’i chu
  • ཀླུའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

g.­959

Nālandā

  • ba len+d+ra
  • བ་ལེནྡྲ།
  • nālanda

A renowned monastic complex in India.

g.­960

Nālati

  • na la ti
  • na lA ti
  • ན་ལ་ཏི།
  • ན་ལཱ་ཏི།
  • nālati

A town in ancient India where this sūtra is taught.

g.­961

Nārāyaṇa

  • sred med kyi bu
  • སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
  • nārāyaṇa

Another name for the god Viṣṇu.

g.­962

Narmadā

  • nar ma dA
  • ནར་མ་དཱ།
  • narmadā

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­963

narratives

  • rtogs pa brjod pa’i sde
  • རྟོགས་པ་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
  • avadāna

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­964

Nature of Precious Bliss

  • bde ba rin po che’i rang bzhin
  • བདེ་བ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རང་བཞིན།
  • —

A forest on Vast Garlands of Bliss.

g.­965

necklace

  • mgul phreng
  • མགུལ་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A class of asuras ruled by Kaṇṭhamāla.

g.­966

Nectar Flow

  • bdud rtsi ’bab pa
  • བདུད་རྩི་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­967

Needle Eye

  • khab kyi kha
  • ཁབ་ཀྱི་ཁ།
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

g.­968

Net Garland

  • dra ba’i phreng ba
  • དྲ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View.

g.­969

Neutralization of Nāga Poison

  • klu’i dug bcom
  • ཀླུའི་དུག་བཅོམ།
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­970

Niculundha Flow

  • ni tsu lun+da ’bab pa
  • ནི་ཙུ་ལུནྡ་འབབ་པ།
  • niculundha RP

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­971

Nimi

  • ni mi
  • ནི་མི།

A king who built stupas.

g.­972

Nirāsravarati

  • zag pa med par ’gro ba
  • ཟག་པ་མེད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
  • nirāsravarati

The mansion within the city of Mānasaṅkalpa in the Heaven of Joy in which the bodhisattva Maitreya lives.

g.­973

nirvāṇa

  • mya ngan las ’das pa
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
  • nirvāṇa

The ultimate cessation of suffering. Also translated here as “transcendence of suffering.”

g.­974

nirvāṇa without remainder

  • lhag med myang ’das
  • ལྷག་མེད་མྱང་འདས།
  • nirupadhiśeṣa­nirvāṇa

The cessation of karma and affliction within which no residue of the aggregates remains.

g.­975

No Death

  • ’chi med
  • འཆི་མེད།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell. Alternatively referred to as Impossible to Die (gsod med) in the Tibetan text.

g.­976

No Hope of Joy

  • kun dga’ la re ba med pa
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ལ་རེ་བ་མེད་པ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell. Appears to be identical with Joyless Thought.

g.­977

No Lack of Embankments

  • ’jug ngogs med pa ma yin pa
  • འཇུག་ངོགས་མེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
  • —

A location in Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­978

No Shadows

  • grib ma med pa
  • གྲིབ་མ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A forest on Vast Garlands of Bliss.

g.­979

non-Buddhist

  • mu stegs can
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
  • tīrthika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”

g.­980

Non-Intoxication

  • myos pa med pa
  • མྱོས་པ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A river in the Swan Forest.

g.­981

Non-perception of Time

  • dus mi mthong
  • དུས་མི་མཐོང་།
  • —

A lotus pool in Lateral.

g.­982

non-returner

  • phyir mi ’ong ba
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
  • anāgāmin

The third level of noble ones when practicing the path of the hearers (bound to never be reborn in the realm of desire).

g.­983

Numerous Celestial Bodies

  • rgyu skar mang po
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར་མང་པོ།
  • —

A mountain beyond Videha.

g.­984

Numerous Joys

  • dga’ ba du ma
  • དགའ་བ་དུ་མ།
  • —

A lake near Flow of Beauty.

g.­985

Numerous Leaves

  • lo ’dab mang ba
  • ལོ་འདབ་མང་བ།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­986

once-returner

  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
  • sakṛdāgāmin

The second level of noble ones when practicing the path of the hearers (having only one remaining birth in the realm of desire).

g.­987

One League of Cool Water

  • bsil ba’i chu ni rgyar dpag tshad du gyur pa
  • བསིལ་བའི་ཆུ་ནི་རྒྱར་དཔག་ཚད་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­988

One That Arouses Great Pity

  • snying rje chen po
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • mahākaruṇa

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­989

Ornament of the Mind

  • yid kyi rgyan
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­990

Overflow

  • rgyu mthun pa
  • རྒྱུ་མཐུན་པ།
  • —

A forest on Holder of Joy.

g.­991

Overjoyed

  • rab tu spro ba
  • rab dgod
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྤྲོ་བ།
  • རབ་དགོད།
  • —

Asura king of the fourth level, Immovable.

g.­992

Pain Incarnate

  • shar gyur pa thams cad sdug bsngal
  • ཤར་གྱུར་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྡུག་བསྔལ།
  • sarvāmiṣa­bhūta­vedana

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­993

Pair of Śāla Trees

  • shing sA la zung
  • ཤིང་སཱ་ལ་ཟུང་།
  • yamanaśālā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­994

Pakṣu

  • pak+Shu
  • པཀྵུ།
  • pakṣu RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

g.­995

Palanquin Houses

  • khyogs kyi khang bu
  • ཁྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཁང་བུ།
  • —

Refers to Spacious Palanquin Houses.

g.­996

Palatial Mountain

  • gzhal yas khang gi ri
  • གཞལ་ཡས་ཁང་གི་རི།
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

g.­997

paṇḍita

  • paN+Di ta
  • པཎྜི་ཏ།
  • paṇḍita

An accomplished scholar.

g.­998

parables

  • de lta bu byung ba’i sde
  • དེ་ལྟ་བུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
  • itivṛttaka

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­999

Pāraṭā

  • pA ra tA
  • པཱ་ར་ཏཱ།
  • pāraṭā RP

An area to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1000

Pārijāta

  • yongs ’du
  • ཡོངས་འདུ།
  • pārijāta

A heavenly tree on Mount Sumeru (yongs ’du).

g.­1001

Pārijāta Mountains

  • ri yongs ’du
  • རི་ཡོངས་འདུ།
  • pārijāta

A mountain range.

(We have been unable to identify this mountain, or mountain range. However, since yongs ’du is a translation of “pārijāta tree,” we have opted for this translation. Perhaps it refers to the mountains where the pārijāta tree grows?)

g.­1002

Park of Golden Shade

  • gser gyi grib ma’i tshal
  • གསེར་གྱི་གྲིབ་མའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A park in Attached to That.

g.­1003

Park of Passion

  • rgyags pa’i kun dga’ ra ba
  • རྒྱགས་པའི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
  • —

One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant.

g.­1004

Park of the Cuckoo Birds

  • khu byug gi kun dga’ ra ba
  • ཁུ་བྱུག་གི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
  • —

One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant.

g.­1005

Part of the Assembly

  • ris mthun pa
  • རིས་མཐུན་པ།
  • nikāyabhāginī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1006

Pāruṣika

  • rtsub ’gyur
  • རྩུབ་འགྱུར།
  • pāruṣika

A forest on the western face of Sumeru.

g.­1007

Passionate Conduct

  • yang dag chags spyod
  • ཡང་དག་ཆགས་སྤྱོད།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­1008

past-life stories

  • skyes pa rabs kyi sde
  • སྐྱེས་པ་རབས་ཀྱི་སྡེ།
  • jātaka

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­1009

Pāṭaliputra

  • pA TA li pu tra
  • པཱ་ཊཱ་ལི་པུ་ཏྲ།
  • pāṭaliputra

A city in Jambudvīpa; present day Patna.

g.­1010

Patshap

  • pa tshab
  • པ་ཚབ།
  • —

The name of a Tibetan family to which belonged the renowned translator Patshap Nyima Drakpa.

g.­1011

Patshap Tsultrim Gyaltsen

  • pa tshab tshul khrims rgyal mtshan
  • པ་ཚབ་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
  • —

The primary translator of this scripture.

g.­1012

paurva

  • pau rwa
  • པཽ་རྭ།
  • paurva RP

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1013

Peacock Call

  • rma bya’i sgra
  • རྨ་བྱའི་སྒྲ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­1014

Peacock Forest

  • rma bya’i nags
  • རྨ་བྱའི་ནགས།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1015

Peak of Distinct Appearance

  • lhun po so sor snang ba
  • ལྷུན་པོ་སོ་སོར་སྣང་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Passionate Conduct.

g.­1016

Pearl

  • mu tig
  • མུ་ཏིག
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1017

Pearl Stream

  • mu tig ’bab pa
  • མུ་ཏིག་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river in Mutual Liking.

g.­1018

Pearly Sand

  • mu tig gi bye ma dang ldan pa
  • མུ་ཏིག་གི་བྱེ་མ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1019

Peripheral

  • zur la gnas pa
  • ཟུར་ལ་གནས་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­1020

pervasive attachment

  • kun tu khyab pa’i zhen pa
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པའི་ཞེན་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1021

Pervasive Fragrance

  • dri ’thul ba
  • དྲི་འཐུལ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Total Pleasure.

g.­1022

Pervasive Waters

  • chus khyab pa
  • ཆུས་ཁྱབ་པ།
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­1023

Pinnacle

  • rtse mo
  • rtse mo can
  • རྩེ་མོ།
  • རྩེ་མོ་ཅན།
  • —

(1) A river on Saṅkāśa (rtse mo). (2) One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant (rtse mo can).

g.­1024

piśāca

  • sha za
  • ཤ་ཟ།
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

g.­1025

Place for Austerities

  • dka’ thub dang ’brel ba
  • དཀའ་ཐུབ་དང་འབྲེལ་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1026

Place Where the Water is Enjoyed

  • chu la spyod pa’i sa gzhi
  • ཆུ་ལ་སྤྱོད་པའི་ས་གཞི།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­1027

player

  • rtse ba la gnas pa
  • རྩེ་བ་ལ་གནས་པ།
  • krīḍāvihārin

A class of asuras ruled by Puṣpamāla.

g.­1028

Playful Abandon

  • bag med rnams rtse ba
  • བག་མེད་རྣམས་རྩེ་བ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­1029

Playful Frolicking

  • rtse dga’
  • རྩེ་དགའ།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­1030

Playing the Vīṇā

  • pi wang gis rtse ba
  • པི་ཝང་གིས་རྩེ་བ།
  • —

A lotus grove in Blazing Splendor.

g.­1031

Pleading

  • rgyob shig pa
  • རྒྱོབ་ཤིག་པ།
  • —

One of sixteen (or seventeen) realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­1032

Pleasant Breeze

  • rlung bde
  • རླུང་བདེ།
  • —

A forest of the asuras.

g.­1033

Pleasant Humming of Bees

  • bung ba’i sgra snyan
  • བུང་བའི་སྒྲ་སྙན།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­1034

Pleasant Sound

  • sgra snyan pa
  • སྒྲ་སྙན་པ།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­1035

Pleasurable Water

  • ’dod pa’i chu
  • འདོད་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river in the Swan Forest.

g.­1036

Pleasure Grove of Song

  • glu dbyangs len pa’i kun dga’ ra ba
  • གླུ་དབྱངས་ལེན་པའི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
  • —

A grove in Garland of Splendor.

g.­1037

Pleasure Grove of the Moon Vision

  • zla ba mthong bar ’dod pa’i tshal
  • ཟླ་བ་མཐོང་བར་འདོད་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1038

Pleasure Grove Park

  • kun dga’ ra ba’i skyed mos tshal
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བའི་སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ།
  • —

A park in House of Refined Gold.

g.­1039

Plow

  • gshol mda’ ba
  • གཤོལ་མདའ་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1040

Plumes of Fire

  • me’i spyi gtsug lta bu
  • མེའི་སྤྱི་གཙུག་ལྟ་བུ།
  • agnicūḍaka

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­1041

Pond

  • mtshe’u
  • མཚེའུ།
  • taḍāga

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1042

Pond Garland

  • rdzing bu’i phreng ba
  • རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1043

Ponds in Delightful Pleasure Gardens

  • kun dga’ ra ba bde bar gnas pa’i lteng ka
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ་བདེ་བར་གནས་པའི་ལྟེང་ཀ
  • —

A mountain in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks.

g.­1044

ponds of beauty

  • lteng ka sdug gu
  • ལྟེང་ཀ་སྡུག་གུ
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1045

Porridge

  • skyo ma
  • སྐྱོ་མ།
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­1046

Possessor of Excellent Conduct

  • legs spyod ldan
  • ལེགས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1047

Possessor of Reeds

  • be tra can
  • བེ་ཏྲ་ཅན།
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1048

Power of Past Smoke

  • sngon gyi du ba’i stobs
  • སྔོན་གྱི་དུ་བའི་སྟོབས།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1049

power of space

  • nam mkha’i stobs
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྟོབས།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1050

Powerful

  • shugs dang ldan pa
  • ཤུགས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1051

Powerful Luminous Retreat

  • dben ’gro dbang po’i ’od
  • དབེན་འགྲོ་དབང་པོའི་འོད།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­1052

Prabhāvatī

  • ’od dang ldan pa
  • འོད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • prabhāvatī

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1053

Pramatha

  • rab ’joms
  • རབ་འཇོམས།
  • pramatha

An unvirtuous nāga king.

g.­1054

Praśānta

  • rab tu zhi ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བ།
  • praśānta

Lord of the Heaven of Joy.

g.­1055

prātimokṣa

  • so sor thar pa
  • སོ་སོར་ཐར་པ།
  • prātimokṣa

“Prātimokṣa” is the name given to the code of conduct binding on monks and nuns. The term can be used to refer both to the disciplinary rules themselves and to the texts from the Vinaya that contain them. There are multiple recensions of the Prātimokṣa, each transmitted by a different monastic fraternity in ancient and medieval India. Three remain living traditions, one of them the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya of Tibetan Buddhism. Though the numbers of rules vary across the different recensions, they are all organized according to the same principles and with the same disciplinary categories. It is customary for monastics to recite the Prātimokṣa Sūtra fortnightly.

g.­1056

Precious Arch

  • nor bu’i rta babs
  • ནོར་བུའི་རྟ་བབས།
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

g.­1057

Precious Ground

  • rin po che’i sa
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ས།
  • —

A grove in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks.

g.­1058

Precious Rain

  • rin chen char ’bebs
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཆར་འབེབས།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­1059

Precipices and Abysses

  • ngam grog dang g.yang sa
  • ངམ་གྲོག་དང་གཡང་ས།
  • śvabhraprapāta

A place in Ultimate Torment.

g.­1060

Prikṣikā

  • pri Shi kA
  • པྲི་ཥི་ཀཱ།
  • prikṣikā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1061

Profound

  • zab pa
  • ཟབ་པ།
  • gambhīra

The residence of the asura king Puṣpamāla.

g.­1062

Promotion

  • sbyor ba la ’jug pa
  • སྦྱོར་བ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
  • yogāvaha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1063

prophecies

  • lung du bstan pa’i sde
  • ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
  • vyākaraṇa

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­1064

Pulindo

  • pu lin do
  • པུ་ལིན་དོ།
  • pulindo RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1065

Pūraṇa

  • rdzogs byed
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད།
  • pūraṇa

Extremist teacher at the time of the Buddha

g.­1066

pure abodes

  • gnas gtsang ma’i ris
  • གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།
  • śuddhāvāsa

Realms associated the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

g.­1068

Pure Direction

  • phyogs gtsang ma
  • ཕྱོགས་གཙང་མ།
  • —

A mountain in White Body.

g.­1069

purposeful expressions

  • ched du brjod pa’i sde
  • ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
  • udāna

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­1070

Puṣpamāla

  • me tog phreng
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཕྲེང་།
  • puṣpamāla

King on the third level of asuras, Excellent Abode.

g.­1071

Radiant

  • ’od can
  • ’od ’phro ba
  • འོད་ཅན།
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་བ།
  • —

(1) Celestial city occupied by Rāhu, king of the asuras (’od can). (2) A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak (’od ’phro ba ).

g.­1072

Radiant Streams

  • chu klung ’od ’byin
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་འབྱིན།
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Vast Environments.

g.­1074

Rain of Burning Stones

  • rdo me ’bar ba char ltar ’bab pa
  • རྡོ་མེ་འབར་བ་ཆར་ལྟར་འབབ་པ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1075

Rain of Jambu Gold

  • ’dzam bu na da char ’bebs
  • འཛམ་བུ་ན་ད་ཆར་འབེབས།
  • —

A forest in Born in a Lap.

g.­1076

Rain of Weapons

  • mtshon ’bab pa
  • མཚོན་འབབ་པ།
  • śastrasāmpāti

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1077

Rain River

  • char dang char gyi rjes su ’byung ba’i chu klung
  • ཆར་དང་ཆར་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1078

Rainfall

  • char ’bebs
  • ཆར་འབེབས།
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­1079

Rājagṛha

  • rgyal po’i khab
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

g.­1080

Rājanina

  • rA dza ni na
  • རཱ་ཛ་ནི་ན།
  • rājanina RP

A lake in Living by Rājanina.

g.­1081

rākṣasa/rākṣasī

  • srin po
  • srin mo
  • སྲིན་པོ།
  • སྲིན་མོ།
  • rākṣasa
  • rākṣasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

g.­1082

Rāmā

  • rA ma
  • རཱ་མ།
  • rāmā

A rākṣasī living on Ardhamaru.

g.­1083

Rāmapāla

  • ne bai pA la
  • rA ma phA la
  • ནེ་བཻ་པཱ་ལ།
  • རཱ་མ་ཕཱ་ལ།
  • rāmapāla

(1) A king of the Pāla dynasty who ruled from 1077–1120 ᴄᴇ (rA ma phA la). (2) The alternate spelling, ne bai pA la, is tentatively identified to be the very same king of the Pāla dynasty. See n.­640.

g.­1084

Ramayo

  • ra ma yo
  • ར་མ་ཡོ།
  • ramayo RP

A sea to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1085

Raven Mouths

  • bya rog kha
  • བྱ་རོག་ཁ།
  • kākāsyaka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­1086

Raven’s Belly

  • bya rog lto
  • བྱ་རོག་ལྟོ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. Also called Black Belly.

g.­1087

Ravens’ Peak

  • khwa spungs
  • ཁྭ་སྤུངས།
  • vāyasakūṭa

A mountain in the hell called Wailer.

g.­1088

Ravens with Vajra-Like Beaks

  • khwa’i chu rdo rje lta bu
  • ཁྭའི་ཆུ་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • vajra­vāyasa­tuṇḍa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­1089

reality

  • de nyid
  • de kho na nyid
  • དེ་ཉིད།
  • དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཉིད།
  • tattva

Literally “thatness.” This term refers to the ultimate nature of things, the way things are in reality.

Note that the term “reality” has also been used to render terms of similar meaning such as yang dag nyid and others.

g.­1090

Red

  • dmar po
  • དམར་པོ།
  • —

(1) An ocean between Videha and Jambudvīpa. (2) An ocean off Jambudvīpa. (3) A river in Jambudvīpa. (4) An ephemeral hell to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1091

Red City

  • grong khyer dmar gnas
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དམར་གནས།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­1092

Red Conches and Pearls

  • dung dang mu tig dmar po
  • དུང་དང་མུ་ཏིག་དམར་པོ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1093

Red Forest

  • nags dmar po
  • ནགས་དམར་པོ།
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­1094

Red Water

  • chu dmar pa
  • ཆུ་དམར་པ།
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­1095

red-eyed ones

  • mig dpar ba
  • མིག་དཔར་བ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1096

Relentless Torments

  • gnod pa rnam par m zhi ba
  • གནོད་པ་རྣམ་པར་མ་ཞི་བ།
  • kāraṇāvyuparama

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1097

Reliever of the Sweaty

  • rngul ba ngal so ba
  • རྔུལ་བ་ངལ་སོ་བ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1098

Resembling a Great Lotus

  • pad ma chen po lta bu
  • པད་མ་ཆེན་པོ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • kumuda
  • mahāpaduma

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1099

Resembling the Full Moon

  • zla ba’i gnas ltar nya ba
  • ཟླ་བའི་གནས་ལྟར་ཉ་བ།
  • —

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Also called Moving Like the Moon.

g.­1100

Resembling White Lotuses

  • pad ma dkar po lta bu
  • པད་མ་དཀར་པོ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • puṇḍarīka

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1101

Resplendent

  • rnam par skra ba
  • རྣམ་པར་སྐྲ་བ།
  • —

King of the peafowl.

g.­1102

Retinue

  • ’khor
  • འཁོར།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­1104

Rice-Milk Mud

  • ’o thug gi ’dam
  • འོ་ཐུག་གི་འདམ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1105

Rich and Dark Shade

  • grib ma snum zhing nag pa
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྣུམ་ཞིང་ནག་པ།
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

g.­1106

Ripe Vessel

  • smin pa’i snod
  • སྨིན་པའི་སྣོད།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­1107

ripening

  • rnam par smin pa
  • རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ།
  • vipāka

The resultant maturation of karmic actions and the manifestation of their effects. See also n.­60.

g.­1108

Ripping of All Vital Points

  • gnad dang gnad gcod pa
  • གནད་དང་གནད་གཅོད་པ།
  • marma­marma­nikṛntana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­1109

Rising

  • shar ba
  • ཤར་བ།
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­1110

River of a Thousand Flows

  • chu bo stong ’bab
  • ཆུ་བོ་སྟོང་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1111

River of Carelessness

  • bag med pa’i chu
  • བག་མེད་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river in Garlands of Flowers.

g.­1112

River of Enjoyments

  • chu bo dga’ bcas
  • ཆུ་བོ་དགའ་བཅས།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1113

River of Free Flow

  • chu bo gar dgar ’bab
  • ཆུ་བོ་གར་དགར་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1114

River of Great Enjoyments

  • chu bo dga’ bcas che
  • ཆུ་བོ་དགའ་བཅས་ཆེ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1115

River of Layered Flows

  • chu bo brtsegs ’bab
  • ཆུ་བོ་བརྩེགས་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1116

River of Strong Current

  • chu bo shugs chen ’bab
  • ཆུ་བོ་ཤུགས་ཆེན་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1117

River of Strong Garlands

  • chu bo shugs phreng
  • ཆུ་བོ་ཤུགས་ཕྲེང་།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1118

River of Sweet Taste

  • chu bo ro zhim
  • ཆུ་བོ་རོ་ཞིམ།
  • —

A river in Dwelling in the Lofty.

g.­1119

River of Wine

  • chang ’bab chu bo
  • ཆང་འབབ་ཆུ་བོ།
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

g.­1120

Rivers and Flatlands

  • chu bo sman ljong
  • ཆུ་བོ་སྨན་ལྗོང་།
  • —

A peak upon Mount Sumeru.

g.­1121

Roadless

  • lam med pa
  • ལམ་མེད་པ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1122

roamers

  • rab tu rgyug pa
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱུག་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1123

Roaming Sumeru

  • ri rab tu rgyu ba
  • རི་རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A land in Godānīya.

g.­1124

roaming the cimiśa cave

  • tsi mi sha’i phug na rgyu ba
  • ཙི་མི་ཤའི་ཕུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1125

Roaring Flow

  • ’u ru ru’i sgras ’bab pa
  • འུ་རུ་རུའི་སྒྲས་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1126

Rohina

  • ro hi na
  • རོ་ཧི་ན།
  • rohina RP

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­1127

Ruby Forest

  • pad ma rA ga’i nags
  • པད་མ་རཱ་གའི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest in Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­1128

runners

  • kun tu rgyug pa
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུག་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1129

Śaci

  • bde sogs
  • བདེ་སོགས།
  • śaci

The wife of Śakra.

g.­1130

sage

  • drang srong
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
  • ṛṣi

Indian sage or wise man, often a wandering ascetic or hermit; drang srong is literally “the righteous one.” “Great sage” is sometimes also used as a specific epithet of the buddhas.

g.­1131

Sagely Joy

  • drang srong dga’ ba
  • དྲང་སྲོང་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­1132

Śakā

  • sh kA
  • ཤ་ཀཱ།
  • śakā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1133

Śakra

  • brgya byin
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

In this text:

Also mentioned in this text as Kauśika and as Indra.

g.­1134

Śākya

  • shAkya
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

g.­1135

Śākya followers

  • shAkya pa
  • ཤཱཀྱ་པ།
  • —

In the sūtra this term used by non-Buddhists to refer to Buddhists.

g.­1136

Śākyamuni

  • shAkya thub pa
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

g.­1137

Śakyarakṣita

  • shAkya rak+Shi ta
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རཀྵི་ཏ།
  • śakyarakṣita

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

g.­1138

Śālmali Forest

  • shing shal ma li’i tshal
  • ཤིང་ཤལ་མ་ལིའི་ཚལ།
  • śālmalivana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­1139

Salty

  • lan tshwa
  • ལན་ཚྭ།
  • —

A sea between Videha and Jambudvīpa

g.­1140

Sāmreḍā

  • sA mre DA
  • སཱ་མྲེ་ཌཱ།
  • sāmreḍā RP

A river on Great Slope.

g.­1141

saṃsāra

  • ’khor ba
  • འཁོར་བ།
  • saṃsāra

See cyclic existence.

g.­1142

Sandy Stretch

  • bye ma’i gnas skabs
  • བྱེ་མའི་གནས་སྐབས།
  • —

An area between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­1144

Śāntākaragupta

  • shAn+ta A ka ra gup+ta
  • ཤཱནྟ་ཨཱ་ཀ་ར་གུཔྟ།
  • śāntākaragupta

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

g.­1145

Sānu

  • sA nu
  • སཱ་ནུ།
  • sānu RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1146

Sāra

  • sA ra
  • སཱ་ར།
  • sāra

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1147

Śāradvatīputra

  • sha ra dwa ti’i bu
  • ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
  • śāradvatīputra

More widely known as Śāriputra‍—the contracted version of his name‍—he was one of the Buddha’s foremost hearer disciples. Renowned for his pure discipline and unparalleled knowledge of the teachings.

g.­1148

Saumya

  • so’u myo
  • སོའུ་མྱོ།
  • saumya RP

A previous ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1149

Scattered Stones

  • rdo ba ’drim pa
  • རྡོ་བ་འདྲིམ་པ།
  • —

A river on Upward Ocean.

g.­1150

scent of constant inebriation

  • rtag tu myos pa’i dri
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་པའི་དྲི།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1151

Scream

  • sgra chen po
  • སྒྲ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • mahānināda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1152

Screams Everywhere

  • thams cad sgra ’byin pa
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1153

Seasonal Joy

  • dus na dga’ ba
  • དུས་ན་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­1154

Second China

  • rgya nag gzhan
  • རྒྱ་ནག་གཞན།
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1155

Secret Play

  • gsang ba rtse dga’ ba
  • གསང་བ་རྩེ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1156

Seeing the Head

  • mgo bo mthong ba
  • མགོ་བོ་མཐོང་བ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­1157

Seeing Thousands

  • stong du mthong ba
  • སྟོང་དུ་མཐོང་བ།
  • —

A lotus pond on Draped in Light Rays.

g.­1158

sense source

  • skye mched
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
  • āyatana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

These can be listed as twelve or as six sense sources (sometimes also called sense fields, bases of cognition, or simply āyatanas).

In the context of epistemology, it is one way of describing experience and the world in terms of twelve sense sources, which can be divided into inner and outer sense sources, namely: (1–2) eye and form, (3–4) ear and sound, (5–6) nose and odor, (7–8) tongue and taste, (9–10) body and touch, (11–12) mind and mental phenomena.

In the context of the twelve links of dependent origination, only six sense sources are mentioned, and they are the inner sense sources (identical to the six faculties) of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.

g.­1159

Serene

  • rab tu gtum pa ma yin pa
  • རབ་ཏུ་གཏུམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Also called Serene Form.

g.­1160

Serene Form

  • rab tu gtum pa ma yin pa’i gzugs
  • རབ་ཏུ་གཏུམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་གཟུགས།
  • —

Alternative name for Serene.

g.­1161

seven branches of awakening

  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
  • saptabodhyaṅga

The seven factors that constitute the path of seeing, namely: mindfulness, investigation, diligence, joy, agility, absorption, and equanimity. These are further explained in this text; see 4.B.­1097–4.B.­1101.

g.­1162

seven precious substances

  • rin po che’i rdzas bdun
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྫས་བདུན།
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.

In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.

g.­1163

seven sages

  • drang srong bdun
  • དྲང་སྲོང་བདུན།
  • saptarṣi

Refers to the seven stars of the Big Dipper, the names of which are derived from the names of the seven sages (saptarṣi) of the Vedic tradition.

g.­1164

seven treasures

  • rin po che sna bdun
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
  • saptaratna

Seven possessions of a universal monarch: the precious lady, precious jewel, precious wheel, precious elephant, precious horse, precious minister, and precious general or, as described in this text, precious master of the household. See also the detailed description in 1.­96.

g.­1165

Seven-Headed

  • mgo bdun pa
  • མགོ་བདུན་པ།
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­1166

sexual misconduct

  • ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
  • འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
  • kāma­mithyā­caryā

The third among the three physical misdeeds.

g.­1167

Shaded by Garlands

  • ’phreng ba’i grib ma
  • འཕྲེང་བའི་གྲིབ་མ།
  • mālācchāyā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and the name of a tree that grows there.

g.­1168

Shaded by Trees

  • shing gis g.yogs pa
  • ཤིང་གིས་གཡོགས་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1169

shadow players

  • grib ma’i rtse
  • གྲིབ་མའི་རྩེ།
  • —

A type of rākṣasī living on an island called Endowed with Jewels.

g.­1170

Shaken by Fierce Winds

  • rlung gtum pos g.yos pa
  • རླུང་གཏུམ་པོས་གཡོས་པ།
  • —

A forest in Living on the Peak.

g.­1171

Shang Buchikpa

  • zhang bu gcig pa
  • ཞང་བུ་གཅིག་པ།
  • —

An assistant translator and editor of this scripture.

g.­1172

Sharp and Unbearable Pain

  • tshor ba rtsub cing tsha la bzod pa dka’ ba
  • ཚོར་བ་རྩུབ་ཅིང་ཚ་ལ་བཟོད་པ་དཀའ་བ།
  • khara­kaṭuka­duḥsaha­vedana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­1173

Sherap Ö

  • shes rab ’od
  • ཤེས་རབ་འོད།
  • —

An assistant translator and editor of this scripture.

g.­1174

Shining

  • rab spro
  • རབ་སྤྲོ།
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­1175

Shining in Manifold Ways

  • rnam pa sna tshogs par rnam par bkra ba
  • རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པར་རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1176

Shining Jewel Light

  • nor bu ’byin
  • ནོར་བུ་འབྱིན།
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Vast Environments.

g.­1177

Śikhin

  • gtsug tor can
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
  • śikhin

A previous buddha.

g.­1178

Śīlabhadra

  • tshul khrims bzang po
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་བཟང་པོ།
  • śīlabhadra

A king in Jambudvīpa, Musulundha’s rebirth.

g.­1179

Silver Forest

  • dngul gyi shing ljon pa’i tshal
  • དངུལ་གྱི་ཤིང་ལྗོན་པའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A forest in White Body.

g.­1180

Silver Hue

  • dngul gyi mdog
  • དངུལ་གྱི་མདོག
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1181

Silvery Sands

  • dngul dang bcas pa’i bye mas yongs su bskor ba
  • དངུལ་དང་བཅས་པའི་བྱེ་མས་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐོར་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1182

Siṃhala

  • sing ha la
  • སིང་ཧ་ལ།
  • siṃhala

The island of Lanka.

g.­1183

Sindh

  • sin du’i yul
  • སིན་དུའི་ཡུལ།
  • sindh RP

An area located in present day Pakistan.

g.­1184

Sindhū

  • sin+d+hu
  • སིནྡྷུ།
  • sindhū

A river to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1185

Single Face

  • ngos gcig pa
  • ངོས་གཅིག་པ།
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

g.­1186

Sitā

  • si tA
  • སི་ཏཱ།
  • sitā RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

g.­1187

Sītā

  • sI tA
  • སཱི་ཏཱ།
  • sītā

A river to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1188

Situ Paṇchen Chökyi Jungné

  • si tu paN chen chos kyi ’byung gnas
  • སི་ཏུ་པཎ་ཆེན་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྱུང་གནས།
  • —

The editor of the Degé Kangyur (1700–1774).

g.­1189

Situated by the End of Karaṇa

  • ka ra na’i mtha’ na gnas pa
  • ཀ་ར་ནའི་མཐའ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­1190

six objects

  • yul drug
  • drug
  • ཡུལ་དྲུག
  • དྲུག
  • —

The six sense objects: forms, sounds, smells, tastes, textures, and mental objects.

g.­1191

six perfections

  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
  • ṣaṭpāramitā

The six practices of the bodhisattva path: generosity (Tib. sbyin pa; Skt. dāna), discipline (Tib. tshul khrims; Skt. śīla), patience (Tib. bzod pa; Skt. kṣānti), diligence (Tib. brtson ’grus; Skt. vīrya), concentration (Tib. bsam gtan; Skt. dhyāna), and insight (Tib. shes rab; Skt. prajñā).

g.­1192

six seasons

  • dus tshigs drug
  • དུས་ཚིགས་དྲུག
  • —

The six seasons are early winter, late winter, spring, summer, monsoon, and fall.

g.­1193

six tastes

  • ro drug
  • རོ་དྲུག
  • ṣaḍrasa

According to Āyurveda, all foods can be categorized by six tastes: sweet, sour, salty, bitter, pungent, and astringent.

g.­1194

sixteen aspects (of the four truths of noble beings)

  • bden bzhi’i dpyod pa rnam pa bcu drug
  • bden bzhi’i rnam pa bcu drug
  • བདེན་བཞིའི་དཔྱོད་པ་རྣམ་པ་བཅུ་དྲུག
  • བདེན་བཞིའི་རྣམ་པ་བཅུ་དྲུག
  • ṣoḍaśākāra

These are impermanence, suffering, emptiness, absence of self, origination, causality, production, conditionality, cessation, peace, excellence, deliverance, path, reason, practice, and release. See 4.B.­1188 for an explanation of these.

g.­1195

Sky Scent

  • nam mkha’i dri ma
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དྲི་མ།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­1196

sky traveler

  • nam mkha’ la rgyu bar byed pa
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་རྒྱུ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1197

Slab of Beryl

  • bai DUr+ya’i rdo leb
  • བཻ་ཌཱུརྱའི་རྡོ་ལེབ།
  • —

A location in Draped with Jewels.

g.­1198

Slicing Like a Bottle-Gourd Fruit

  • ’bras bu a la bud lta bur gcod pa
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཨ་ལ་བུད་ལྟ་བུར་གཅོད་པ།
  • alābucchedaka

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­1199

Sloping Banks

  • gram sag gi chu
  • གྲམ་སག་གི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1200

Smoky

  • du ba pa
  • དུ་བ་པ།
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

g.­1201

Smoky Forest of Burning Embers

  • me mdag dud pa’i tshal
  • མེ་མདག་དུད་པའི་ཚལ།
  • dhūmāṅgāravana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1202

Smoky Forest of Burning Plantains

  • chu shing bsregs pa’i tshal
  • ཆུ་ཤིང་བསྲེགས་པའི་ཚལ།
  • kadalī­dhūma­vana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1203

Smooth Ground

  • gzhi ’jam pa
  • གཞི་འཇམ་པ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­1204

Snake

  • sbrul
  • སྦྲུལ།
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

g.­1205

Snowy

  • gangs yod pa
  • གངས་ཡོད་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1206

Snowy Regions

  • kha ba ’khor ba
  • ཁ་བ་འཁོར་བ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1207

Sole Shadow

  • grib ma gcig pu pa
  • གྲིབ་མ་གཅིག་པུ་པ།
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

g.­1208

Solitary

  • gcig pu ba
  • གཅིག་པུ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

g.­1209

solitary buddha

  • rang sangs rgyas
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
  • pratyekabuddha

An individual who attains a certain level of realization and liberation (different in some respects from those of an arhat and well short of those of a buddha) through understanding the nature of interdependent origination, without relying upon a teacher in that lifetime.

g.­1210

songs

  • dbyangs kyis bsnyad pa’i sde
  • དབྱངས་ཀྱིས་བསྙད་པའི་སྡེ།
  • geya

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­1211

Sound of the Jambu Bird

  • bya ’dzam pa skad ’byin
  • བྱ་འཛམ་པ་སྐད་འབྱིན།
  • jambhāvitāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. This hell is the same as the Sound of Water.

g.­1212

Sound of Water

  • chu sgra
  • ཆུ་སྒྲ།
  • jambhāvitāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­1213

Sounds of the Land

  • nye ’khor gyi sgra
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་གྱི་སྒྲ།
  • —

A city in Videha.

g.­1214

Sounds of Water

  • chu sgra kun nas sgrogs pa
  • ཆུ་སྒྲ་ཀུན་ནས་སྒྲོགས་པ།
  • —

A forest on Encircled by White Clouds.

g.­1215

Source of Bodies

  • lus ’byung
  • ལུས་འབྱུང་།
  • —

Alternative name for Copious Parasites in Marrow and Bones.

g.­1216

Source of Great Lotuses

  • pad ma che ’byung
  • པད་མ་ཆེ་འབྱུང་།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­1217

Source of Joy

  • dga’ ’byung
  • དགའ་འབྱུང་།
  • —

A lake near Sudharma.

g.­1218

space dwellers

  • nam mkha’ la gnas pa
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་གནས་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1219

Spacious Palanquin Houses

  • khyogs kyi khang bu yangs pa
  • ཁྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཁང་བུ་ཡངས་པ།
  • —

A park in Moving in the Stream.

g.­1220

Spānāśetu

  • spA nA she tu
  • སྤཱ་ནཱ་ཤེ་ཏུ།
  • spānāśetu RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1221

Sparkling with Brilliant Jewels

  • nor bu’i cha shas rnams kyis rnam par bkra ba
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆ་ཤས་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བཀྲ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Total Pleasure.

g.­1222

Sparks and Parasites

  • me’i phye ma srin bu
  • མེའི་ཕྱེ་མ་སྲིན་བུ།
  • asthicūrṇakṛmi

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1223

Special Drink

  • lhag pa thung ba
  • ལྷག་པ་ཐུང་བ།
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

g.­1224

special insight

  • lhag mthong
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
  • vipaśyanā

Refers to insight into the nature of reality or the practice of developing such insight. One of the two basic forms of Buddhist meditation, the other being calm abiding (śamatha, zhi gnas).

g.­1225

Special Joy

  • lhag par dga’ ba
  • ལྷག་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­1226

Sphere Endowed with Diverse Music

  • sil snyan rnam pa sna tshogs kyi sgra dang ldan pa
  • སིལ་སྙན་རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A forest in Engaging in Clarification.

g.­1227

Splashing Swan Wings

  • ngang pas’i gshog pas bcom pa
  • ངང་པསའི་གཤོག་པས་བཅོམ་པ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­1228

Splendid

  • gzi brjid dang ldan pa
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1229

Splendor of the Signs of Pride

  • nga rgyal rtags kyi gzi brjid
  • ང་རྒྱལ་རྟགས་ཀྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1230

Sporting among Lotuses

  • pad ma’i nang na rgyu ba
  • པད་མའི་ནང་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­1231

Sporting among Moving Groups

  • tshogs pa rgyu ba na rnam par rgyu ba
  • ཚོགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ་ན་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A realm in the Heaven Free from Strife (multiple slightly variant versions are extant in the Tibetan, making the term sound more like a description than a proper noun).

g.­1232

Spring Joy

  • dpyid dga’ ba
  • དཔྱིད་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1233

Stable Water

  • chu brtan pa
  • ཆུ་བརྟན་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1234

stage of no impediment

  • mi lcog med pa
  • མི་ལྕོག་མེད་པ།
  • —

The preparatory stage for the first concentration.

g.­1235

Stainless

  • dri ma med pa
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

g.­1236

Stainless and Clear

  • dri ma med par gsal ba
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པར་གསལ་བ།
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

g.­1237

Star Garland

  • skar ’phreng
  • སྐར་འཕྲེང་།
  • —

An asura city.

g.­1238

starving spirit

  • yi dags
  • ཡི་དགས།
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

g.­1239

Staṣkako

  • staSh+ka ko
  • སྟཥྐ་ཀོ
  • staṣkako RP

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

g.­1240

Steadfast One

  • brtan pa
  • བརྟན་པ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1241

stealing

  • ma byin par len pa
  • མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
  • adattādāna

The second among the three physical misdeeds. Also rendered here according to the literal meaning of ma byin par len pa, “taking what was not given.”

g.­1242

Stomach

  • gsus pa nyid
  • གསུས་པ་ཉིད།
  • —

An area in Kuru.

g.­1243

stream enterer

  • rgyun du zhugs pa
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
  • srotāpanna

A person who has entered the “stream” of practice that leads to nirvāṇa. The first of the four attainments of the path of the hearers.

g.­1244

Stream of Dark Foam

  • dbu ba rog rog ’bab pa
  • དབུ་བ་རོག་རོག་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

g.­1245

Stream of Gold

  • gser ’bab
  • གསེར་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

g.­1246

Stream of Jewel Pieces

  • rin po che’i dum bu ’bab
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དུམ་བུ་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

g.­1247

Stream of Jewels

  • rin chen ’bab
  • རིན་ཆེན་འབབ།
  • —

A river in Enjoyment of Scents.

g.­1248

Strewn Sand

  • bye ma ’drim pa
  • བྱེ་མ་འདྲིམ་པ།
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

g.­1249

Strife

  • ’thab pa
  • འཐབ་པ།
  • —

A “ruler of the world” who belongs to the class of the māras.

g.­1250

strongly attached to pleasure

  • bde ba la chags pa’i shugs
  • བདེ་བ་ལ་ཆགས་པའི་ཤུགས།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1251

Studded with Kadambas

  • ka dam+ba ’khod pa
  • ཀ་དམྦ་འཁོད་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1252

Studded with Lotuses

  • pad mas bkab par gyur pa
  • པད་མས་བཀབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1253

Studded with Mansions

  • khang bzangs dkrigs pa
  • ཁང་བཟངས་དཀྲིགས་པ།
  • —

A pleasure grove in Shaded by Garlands.

g.­1254

Studded with Vidruma Trees

  • bi dru ma’i shing dang ldan pa
  • བི་དྲུ་མའི་ཤིང་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1255

Subhūticandra

  • su b+hU ti tsan+d+ra
  • སུ་བྷཱུ་ཏི་ཙནྡྲ།
  • subhūticandra

A translator of the sūtra.

g.­1256

Sublime Heaven

  • gya nom snang
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་།
  • sudṛśa
  • sudarśana

The third of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

g.­1257

Subtle Engagement

  • shib tu spyod pa
  • ཤིབ་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • sūkṣmacarā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1258

Sudarśana

  • legs mthong
  • lta na sdug
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
  • ལྟ་ན་སྡུག
  • sudarśana

(1) King who appears during the elephant Airāvaṇa’s previous life as a brahmin (legs mthong). (2) The city of Śakra (legs mthong and lta na sdug).

g.­1260

Śukati Pearls

  • mu tig gi shu ka ti
  • མུ་ཏིག་གི་ཤུ་ཀ་ཏི།
  • śukati RP

An island between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­1261

Sukhana

  • su kha na
  • སུ་ཁ་ན།
  • sukhana RP

A mountain to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1262

Śukti Realm

  • shuk+ti’i gnas
  • ཤུཀྟིའི་གནས།
  • śukti RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1263

Sumanyu

  • su ma n+yum
  • སུ་མ་ནྱུམ།
  • sumanyu

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1264

Sumegha

  • su me gho
  • སུ་མེ་གྷོ།
  • sumegha

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1265

Sumeru

  • ri rab
  • ri rab lhun po
  • རི་རབ།
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ།
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

g.­1266

Sumeru dweller

  • ri rab lhun po la gnas pa
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ་ལ་གནས་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1267

Sumeru Rival

  • ri rab lhun po la ’gran pa
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ་ལ་འགྲན་པ།
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1268

Summer Joy

  • dbyar dga’ ba
  • དབྱར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1269

Summit Encircler

  • rtse mo la ’khor ba
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལ་འཁོར་བ།
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

g.­1270

Summit Net

  • rtse mo’i g.seb
  • རྩེ་མོའི་གསེབ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1271

Sun Enjoyer

  • nyi ma sten pa
  • ཉི་མ་སྟེན་པ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­1272

Sunny

  • nyi ma ldan
  • ཉི་མ་ལྡན།
  • —

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1273

Sunshine

  • nyin mor byed pa
  • ཉིན་མོར་བྱེད་པ།
  • —

A forest on Heap in the Stream.

g.­1274

Superior

  • bla lhag pa
  • བླ་ལྷག་པ།
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

g.­1275

Superior Harm

  • gnod pa mtho ba
  • གནོད་པ་མཐོ་བ།
  • ūrdhvakāraṇa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1276

supreme ketaka garland bearer

  • ke ta ka’i phreng ba mchog dang ldan pa
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀའི་ཕྲེང་བ་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1277

Supreme Lake

  • mtsho mchog
  • མཚོ་མཆོག
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1278

Supreme Pleasure Grove

  • skyed mos tshal gyi mchog
  • སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ་གྱི་མཆོག
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1279

Supreme Splendor

  • gzi brjid mchog
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་མཆོག
  • tejomukha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1280

Supreme Strength

  • rab kyi shugs kyi bdag
  • rab kyi shugs
  • རབ་ཀྱི་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་བདག
  • རབ་ཀྱི་ཤུགས།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1281

Surrounded by Nakra Crocodiles

  • chu srin na kras bskor ba
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ན་ཀྲས་བསྐོར་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1282

Surrounded by Nyaronya

  • nya ro hi ’khor ba
  • ཉ་རོ་ཧི་འཁོར་བ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1283

Suśīmo

  • su shI mo
  • སུ་ཤཱི་མོ།
  • suśīmo RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1284

Sustained by Fruition

  • ’bras bus nye bar ’tsho ba
  • འབྲས་བུས་ཉེ་བར་འཚོ་བ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­1285

Sustained by the Finest Tastes

  • ro brgya mchog gis bsten pa
  • རོ་བརྒྱ་མཆོག་གིས་བསྟེན་པ།
  • —

A grove in Unmixed.

g.­1286

Susthali

  • sus tha li
  • སུས་ཐ་ལི།
  • susthali RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1287

Sūtra

  • mdo
  • མདོ།
  • sūtra

In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the Vinaya and Abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “discourse.”

g.­1288

sūtras

  • mdo’i sde
  • མདོའི་སྡེ།
  • sūtra

One among the twelve sections of scripture. See also entry on the term “sūtra.“

g.­1289

Suvarṇadvīpa

  • gser gling
  • གསེར་གླིང་།
  • suvarṇadvīpa

A region of Southeast Asia visited by Indians.

g.­1290

Suvelang Forest

  • su be lang gi nags
  • སུ་བེ་ལང་གི་ནགས།
  • —

A forest on Great Slope.

g.­1291

Suvīra

  • su bI ro
  • སུ་བཱི་རོ།
  • suvīra

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1292

Swamp of Filth

  • mi gtsang ba’i ’dam
  • མི་གཙང་བའི་འདམ།
  • amedhyamṛttikā

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1293

swan chariot

  • ngang pa’i shing rta
  • ངང་པའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1294

Swan Charioteer

  • ngang pa’i shing rta
  • ངང་པའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
  • —

An epithet of Brahmā, who rides a swan.

g.­1295

Swan Forest

  • ngang pa’i nags
  • ངང་པའི་ནགས།
  • —

(1) A forest in Endowed with Migration. (2) A lake to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1296

Swan Lotus Forest

  • ngang pa’i pad ma’i tshal
  • ངང་པའི་པད་མའི་ཚལ།
  • —

A lotus grove in Part of the Assembly.

g.­1297

Swan Waters

  • ngang pa’i chu
  • ངང་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1298

Swift Current

  • myur ba’i chu
  • མྱུར་བའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1299

Swift Movement

  • ’gro mgyogs pa
  • འགྲོ་མགྱོགས་པ།
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

g.­1300

Swimming Like Fish in Molten Copper

  • zangs bzhus bar nya ’khyug pa lta bu
  • ཟངས་བཞུས་བར་ཉ་འཁྱུག་པ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • tāmra­lohita­mīnāvarta

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1301

tailed creature

  • lang ku di ka
  • ལང་ཀུ་དི་ཀ
  • lāṅgulika RP

A monster in Unbearably Terrifying.

g.­1302

Ṭakaśobho

  • Ta ka sho bho
  • ཊ་ཀ་ཤོ་བྷོ།
  • ṭakaśobho RP

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

g.­1303

taking what was not given

  • ma byin par len pa
  • མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
  • adattādāna

The second among the three physical misdeeds. Also rendered here as “stealing.”

g.­1304

Takṣaka

  • ’jog po
  • འཇོག་པོ།
  • takṣaka

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­1305

Tamer of Deer Enemies

  • ri dags kyi dgra dul ba
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་དགྲ་དུལ་བ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­1306

Tamer of Madness

  • myos ’gro ’dul
  • མྱོས་འགྲོ་འདུལ།
  • —

A pleasure garden in Enraptured by and Attached to Song.

g.­1307

Tangled Forest

  • ral pa can
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

g.­1308

Teeming with Snakes

  • sbrul ’khyil ba lta bu
  • སྦྲུལ་འཁྱིལ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
  • nāgāvarta

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1309

ten powers

  • stobs bcu
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
  • daśabala

Ten wisdom powers unique to a tathāgata: (1) the knowledge of what is possible and not possible, (2) the knowledge of the ripening of karma, (3) the knowledge of the variety of aspirations, (4) the knowledge of the variety of natures, (5) the knowledge of the different levels of capabilities, (6) the knowledge of the destinations of all paths, (7) the knowledge of various states of meditation, (8) the knowledge of remembering previous lives, (9) the knowledge of deaths and rebirths, and (10) the knowledge of the cessation of defilements.

g.­1310

ten virtuous actions

  • dge ba bcu
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
  • daśakuśala

Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, chatter, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

g.­1311

Terrible Dangling of Battered Bodies

  • lus zhum mi bzad ’phyang
  • ལུས་ཞུམ་མི་བཟད་འཕྱང་།
  • vilīna­gātrāvakaṭu­lamba

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­1312

Terrifying Inferno with Swarms of Crocodiles

  • srin bu na kra dang ’khor lo dang me ’jigs ’jigs ltar skyes pa
  • སྲིན་བུ་ན་ཀྲ་དང་འཁོར་ལོ་དང་མེ་འཇིགས་འཇིགས་ལྟར་སྐྱེས་པ།
  • nakra­cakra­bhairavāgni­jāla

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1313

Terrifying Nightmares

  • rmi lam ’jigs byed ston
  • རྨི་ལམ་འཇིགས་བྱེད་སྟོན།
  • svapna­bhairava­darśana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­1314

Terrifying Sight

  • ’jigs par lta ba
  • འཇིགས་པར་ལྟ་བ།
  • bhairava­darśana

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­1315

Terrifying Slope

  • mtha’ drag
  • མཐའ་དྲག
  • ghorataṭa

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1316

Terror of Being Eaten by Birds

  • bya ’jigs ’jigs ltar ’dug pa
  • བྱ་འཇིགས་འཇིགས་ལྟར་འདུག་པ།
  • pakṣi­bhairava­bhakṣa

A place in Ultimate Torment.

g.­1317

Terror of Enormous Screaming Bodies

  • lus chen po shin tu sgra ’byin ’jigs ’jigs ltar ’dug pa
  • ལུས་ཆེན་པོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་འཇིགས་འཇིགས་ལྟར་འདུག་པ།
  • mahā­kāya­sunāda­bhairava

A realm that neighbors the Hell of Intense Heat.

g.­1318

the constantly infatuated

  • rtag tu rgyags pa
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རྒྱགས་པ།
  • —

Gandharvas who live on the island of Jambudvīpa Garland.

g.­1319

The Essence of All

  • thams cad kyi snying po
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
  • —

A mountain in Endowed with Increasing Bliss.

g.­1320

The Hour of Death

  • gnod skyes
  • གནོད་སྐྱེས།
  • kālavelā

An acid river in the hell Forest of Continuous Flames

g.­1321

Thick Smoke

  • du bas ’khrigs pa
  • དུ་བས་འཁྲིགས་པ།
  • —

A forest in Passionate Conduct.

g.­1322

thirty-seven factors of awakening

  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
  • saptatriṃśa­bodhi­pakṣya­dharma

Thirty-seven practices that lead the practitioner to the awakened state: the four applications of mindfulness, the four authentic eliminations, the four bases of supernatural power, the five masteries, the five powers, the eightfold path, and the seven branches of awakening.

g.­1323

Thorough Joy upon Hearing

  • thos na mi dga’ ba med pa
  • ཐོས་ན་མི་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།
  • —

A location in the Heaven of Joy.

g.­1324

Thoroughly Enjoyable

  • kun nas bde ba
  • ཀུན་ནས་བདེ་བ།
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

g.­1325

Thoroughly Joyous

  • kun nas mngon par dga’ ba
  • ཀུན་ནས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

Alternative name for Thoroughly Joyous Form.

g.­1326

Thoroughly Joyous Form

  • gzugs kun nas mngon par dga’ ba
  • གཟུགས་ཀུན་ནས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1327

those fond of causing disease

  • nad gtong ba la dga’ ba
  • ནད་གཏོང་བ་ལ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1328

those who swarm like bees

  • bung ba ltar ’khyil pa
  • བུང་བ་ལྟར་འཁྱིལ་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1329

those with secret incantations

  • sngags gsang ba pa
  • སྔགས་གསང་བ་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1330

Thousand-Eyed One

  • mig stong
  • མིག་སྟོང་།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1331

Thousandfold Light

  • stong snang
  • སྟོང་སྣང་།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1332

three factors

  • chos gsum
  • ཆོས་གསུམ།
  • tridharma

Object, sense faculty, and consciousness.

g.­1333

three flaws

  • nyes pa gsum
  • ཉེས་པ་གསུམ།
  • doṣa-traya

Desire, anger, and delusion.

g.­1334

Three Horns

  • rwa gsum pa
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

g.­1335

three kinds of awakening

  • byang chub gsum
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་གསུམ།
  • tribodhi

The three levels of awakening that are respectively achieved by hearers, solitary buddhas, and perfect buddhas.

g.­1337

three stains

  • dri ma gsum
  • དྲི་མ་གསུམ།
  • trimala

Anger, desire, and ignorance.

g.­1338

thus-gone one

  • de bzhin gshegs pa
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

g.­1339

Tiger Ear Star

  • stag rna’i rgyu skar
  • སྟག་རྣའི་རྒྱུ་སྐར།
  • —

Unidentified figure connected to a prophetic discourse.

g.­1340

Timely Flow

  • dus su ’bab pa
  • དུས་སུ་འབབ་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1341

Timely Moving Lotuses

  • pad ma dus su rgyu ba
  • པད་མ་དུས་སུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­1342

Timely Water

  • dus kyi chu
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཆུ།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­1343

Tormented by All Suffering

  • sdug bsngal kun gyis nyen
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཀུན་གྱིས་ཉེན།
  • sarva­duḥkhāvarta

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. This hell is the same as Wrapped in Every Possible Pain.

g.­1344

Tormenting Armor of Vajra-Like Flies

  • bung ba rdo rje lta bus gnod pa’i go cha
  • བུང་བ་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུས་གནོད་པའི་གོ་ཆ།
  • vajra­bhramara­pīḍā­saṃnāha

One of the sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Heat.

g.­1345

Total Darkness

  • thams cad mun pa
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མུན་པ།
  • sarvāndhakāra

One of sixteen realms that surround the Great Howling Hell.

g.­1346

Total Pleasure

  • gcig tu dga’ ba
  • གཅིག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1347

transcendence of suffering

  • mya ngan las ’das pa
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
  • nirvāṇa

The ultimate cessation of suffering. Also rendered here as “nirvāṇa.”

g.­1348

transient collection

  • ’jig tshogs
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས།
  • satkāya

The transitory collection of the five aggregates, the basis for the view of a self or that which belongs to a self.

g.­1349

Traveling Fragrance

  • dri rgyu ba
  • དྲི་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

g.­1350

Traveling on Great Mounts

  • bzhon pa rgya che ba la rnam par rgyu ba
  • བཞོན་པ་རྒྱ་ཆེ་བ་ལ་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1351

Tree Made of Anthers

  • ze’u ’bru’i lus kyi shing
  • ཟེའུ་འབྲུའི་ལུས་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
  • —

A town in Videha.

g.­1352

Triple Beauty

  • gsum mdzes
  • གསུམ་མཛེས།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling in One Direction.

g.­1353

Triple Circle

  • thig le gsum pa
  • ཐིག་ལེ་གསུམ་པ།
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

g.­1354

Triple Horns

  • rwa gsum pa
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
  • —

(1) A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river on Upward Ocean.

g.­1355

Triple Summits

  • rwa gsum pa
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1356

triple-lute-bearer gods

  • pi bang can gsum pa lha
  • པི་བང་ཅན་གསུམ་པ་ལྷ།
  • vīṇātṛtīyaka

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

g.­1357

Tsokala

  • tso ka la
  • ཙོ་ཀ་ལ།
  • tsokala RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1358

Tsontva

  • tson twa
  • ཙོན་ཏྭ།
  • tsontva RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1359

Turning Away from Pride

  • nga rgyal ldog pa
  • ང་རྒྱལ་ལྡོག་པ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1360

Twelve Mountains

  • ri bcu gnyis la nges par gnas pa
  • རི་བཅུ་གཉིས་ལ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1361

two truths

  • bden pa gnyis
  • བདེན་པ་གཉིས།
  • dvayasatya

The truths of the way things seem to be and the way they actually are.

g.­1362

Unbearable Harm

  • gnod pa mi bzod pa
  • gnod pa mi bzad pa
  • གནོད་པ་མི་བཟོད་པ།
  • གནོད་པ་མི་བཟད་པ།
  • kāraṇāprasaha

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell.

g.­1363

Unbearably Terrifying

  • rab tu mi bzad cing mchog tu ’jigs pa
  • རབ་ཏུ་མི་བཟད་ཅིང་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཇིགས་པ།
  • —

A river in the Reviving Hell.

g.­1364

Undefeatable

  • mi ’joms pa
  • མི་འཇོམས་པ།
  • —

A virtuous nāga king.

g.­1365

Undulating

  • rlabs rab tu ’jug pa
  • རླབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇུག་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1366

Universal Delight

  • kun mthong yid ’ong
  • ཀུན་མཐོང་ཡིད་འོང་།
  • —

A forest in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways.

g.­1367

Universal Disease

  • nad thams cad pa
  • ནད་ཐམས་ཅད་པ།
  • sarvavyādhika

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1368

Universal Growth

  • thams cad skye ba
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱེ་བ།
  • —

A forest in Continuous Movement.

g.­1369

Universal Illumination

  • kun snang
  • ཀུན་སྣང་།
  • —

A pleasure grove in Shaded by Garlands.

g.­1370

Universal Joy

  • thams cad rab tu dga’ bar gnas pa
  • kun nas dga’ ba
  • ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གནས་པ།
  • ཀུན་ནས་དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods (thams cad rab tu dga’ bar gnas pa). (2) A mountain in Promotion (kun nas dga’ ba).

g.­1371

Universal Observer

  • kun tu mig
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་མིག
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1372

Universally Blissful

  • kun bde
  • ཀུན་བདེ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1373

Unlofty Heaven

  • mi che ba
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
  • abṛha
  • avṛha

The first of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

g.­1374

Unmixed

  • ma ’dres pa
  • མ་འདྲེས་པ།
  • —

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1375

Untouched Sunrise

  • nyi ma shar bar gyur bas mi reg pa
  • ཉི་མ་ཤར་བར་གྱུར་བས་མི་རེག་པ།
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1376

Unwavering

  • mi g.yo ba
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

g.­1377

Upward Ocean

  • rgya mtsho gyen du ’gro ba
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་གྱེན་དུ་འགྲོ་བ།
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

g.­1378

Utpala Colors

  • ud pa la’i mdog
  • ཨུད་པ་ལའི་མདོག
  • —

A realm of the ever-infatuated gods.

g.­1379

Utpala Gift

  • ud pa la sbyin
  • ཨུད་པ་ལ་སྦྱིན།
  • —

A merchant in Jambudvīpa, later to be reborn as Auspicious Time.

g.­1380

Uttara

  • ud ta ra
  • ཨུད་ཏ་ར།
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1381

Utter Joy

  • rab tu dga’ ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) An emanated forest created upon the shoulders of Airāvaṇa. (2) A lake near Sudharma.

g.­1382

Utter Purity

  • rab tu gtsang ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་གཙང་བ།
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1383

Utter Vastness

  • shin tu yangs pa
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པ།
  • —

A pool in Swan Forest.

g.­1384

Utterly Delightful to Behold

  • mthong na kun dga’ ba
  • kun nas mthong na dga’ ba
  • མཐོང་ན་ཀུན་དགའ་བ།
  • ཀུན་ནས་མཐོང་ན་དགའ་བ།
  • —

(1) A lotus pond in Living by Rājanina (mthong na kun dga’ ba). (2) A mountain on Vast Garlands of Bliss (kun nas mthong na dga’ ba).

g.­1385

Utterly Dreadful

  • kun du mi dga’ ba
  • ཀུན་དུ་མི་དགའ་བ།
  • nirānanda

One of sixteen realms that surround the Reviving Hell.

g.­1386

Utterly Lofty

  • rab tu mtho ba
  • རབ་ཏུ་མཐོ་བ།
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1387

Utterly Unborn

  • shin tu ma skyes pa
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མ་སྐྱེས་པ།
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

g.­1388

Vaiśālī

  • yangs pa can
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
  • vaiśālī RS

A river in Godānīya.

g.­1389

Vaitaraṇī

  • rab med
  • རབ་མེད།
  • vaitaraṇī

A river in hell.

g.­1390

Vajra Seat

  • rdo rje’i gdan
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གདན།
  • —

The site of the Buddha’s ultimate awakening.

g.­1391

Vārāṇasī

  • bA rA Na sI
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
  • vārāṇasī

A city in North India, on the banks of the Gaṅgā, where the Buddha gave his first sermon; this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. It lies in modern day Uttar Pradesh, India. The name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as its older name, “Kāśī.”

g.­1392

Variation

  • rnam pa sna tsogs
  • རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཙོགས།
  • —

A river in Majestic Trees.

g.­1393

Various Chariots

  • shing rta sna tshogs
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
  • —

See “Dwelling in Various Chariots.”

g.­1394

Varitavaṭṭānang

  • ba ri ta baT+Ta nang
  • བ་རི་ཏ་བཊྚ་ནང་།
  • —

A vidyādhara site on Kālaka.

g.­1395

Vast Forest of the Seasons

  • dus kyi tshal rgya che
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཚལ་རྒྱ་ཆེ།
  • —

A forest in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks.

g.­1396

Vast Garlands of Bliss

  • bde ba’i phreng ba rgya chen po
  • བདེ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­1397

Vast Sky

  • nam mkha’ ring ba
  • ནམ་མཁའ་རིང་བ།
  • —

An area in Eyes Beyond the World.

g.­1398

Vast Space

  • bar yangs pa
  • བར་ཡངས་པ།
  • —

A mountain range in the Heaven Free from Strife.

g.­1399

Vastness

  • rnam par yangs pa
  • རྣམ་པར་ཡངས་པ།
  • —

(1) An old god approached by Musulundha. (2) A lotus pool in Swan Forest.

g.­1400

Vāsuki

  • nor rgyas kyi bu
  • bA su ki
  • ནོར་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་བུ།
  • བཱ་སུ་ཀི
  • vāsuki

(1) A virtuous nāga king (nor rgyas kyi bu). (2) A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain (bA su ki).

g.­1401

Veil of Complete Darkness

  • rab rib kun bsags pa
  • རབ་རིབ་ཀུན་བསགས་པ།
  • sarva­tamastimira­nikara

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1402

Vemacitrin

  • thags bzangs ris
  • ཐགས་བཟངས་རིས།
  • vemacitrin

An asura king.

g.­1403

Venomous Fangs

  • mche ba’i dug
  • མཆེ་བའི་དུག
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

g.­1404

verses

  • tshigs su bcad pa’i sde
  • ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པའི་སྡེ།
  • gāthā

One among the twelve sections of scripture.

g.­1405

Very Violent

  • rab tu mi bzad pa
  • རབ་ཏུ་མི་བཟད་པ།
  • pracaṇḍa

A realm that neighbors the Black Line Hell.

g.­1406

vessel-bearer gods

  • yol go thogs pa
  • ཡོལ་གོ་ཐོགས་པ།
  • karoṭapādaka

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

g.­1407

Victorious Supreme Movement

  • rgyal ba mchog ’gro
  • རྒྱལ་བ་མཆོག་འགྲོ།
  • —

A mansion upon the mountain Playful in the forest Joyous Wisdom.

g.­1409

Vidhyādhara Celebration

  • rig pa ’dzin pa rtse dga’ bas gnas pa
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ་རྩེ་དགའ་བས་གནས་པ།
  • —

A stream on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1410

Vidruma

  • bi dru ma
  • བི་དྲུ་མ།
  • vidruma RP

A mountain between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­1411

vidyādhara

  • rig pa ’dzin pa
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
  • vidyādhara

A class of semi-divine beings that are famous for wielding (dhara) spells (vidyā). Loosely understood as “sorcerers,” these magical beings are frequently petitioned through dhāraṇī and kriyātantra ritual to grant magical powers to the supplicant. The later Buddhist tradition, playing on the dual valences of vidyā as “spell” and “knowledge,” began to apply this term to realized figures in the Buddhist pantheon.

g.­1412

Viewing

  • kun tu lta ba
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
  • —

A realm of the vessel-bearer gods.

g.­1413

Vikramaśīla

  • bi kra ma shI la
  • བི་ཀྲ་མ་ཤཱི་ལ།
  • vikramaśīla

A renowned monastic complex in India.

g.­1414

vīṇā

  • pi wang
  • པི་ཝང་།
  • vīṇā

A family of Indian chordophone instruments.

g.­1415

Vinaya

  • ’dul ba
  • འདུལ་བ།
  • vinaya

The Buddha’s teachings that lay out the rules and disciplines for his followers.

g.­1416

Vindhya

  • ’bigs byed
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
  • vindhya

A mountain in the south of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1417

Vindhyas

  • ’bigs byed
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
  • vindhya

An Indian mountain chain.

g.­1418

Vipaśyin

  • rnam par gzigs
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
  • vipaśyin

A previous buddha.

g.­1419

Virūḍhaka

  • ’phags skye po
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེ་པོ།
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Great Kings, guardian of the south.

g.­1420

Virūpākṣa

  • mig mi bzang
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
  • virūpākṣa

One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the west.

g.­1421

Vīryākaraśānti

  • bIr+ya A ka ra shAn+ti
  • བཱིརྱ་ཨཱ་ཀ་ར་ཤཱནྟི།
  • vīryākaraśānti

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

g.­1422

Vision of Vast Bliss

  • bde ba rgya chen po dmigs pa
  • བདེ་བ་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ་དམིགས་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Moving in Mixed Environments.

g.­1423

Viṣkaṭā

  • biSh+ka TA
  • བིཥྐ་ཊཱ།
  • viṣkaṭā RP

A town in Videha.

g.­1424

Viṣṇu

  • khyab ’jug
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
  • viṣṇu

One of the principal deities in the Hindu pantheon.

g.­1425

Viśvabhū

  • thams cad skyob
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱོབ།
  • viśvabhū

A previous buddha.

g.­1426

Vrikṣīrang

  • bri k+ShI rang
  • བྲི་ཀྵཱི་རང་།
  • vrikṣīraṅ RP

A town in Videha.

g.­1427

Vulture Friendship

  • bya rgod dang nye ba
  • བྱ་རྒོད་དང་ཉེ་བ།
  • gṛdhrasāmanta

A mountain in the Crushing Hell

g.­1428

Vulture Terrors

  • bya rgod kyi ’jigs pa
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་འཇིགས་པ།
  • gṛdhrabhairava

A realm that neigbors the Black Line Hell.

g.­1429

Wailer

  • kyi hud zer ba
  • ཀྱི་ཧུད་ཟེར་བ།
  • hāhārava

One of sixteen realms that surround the Crushing Hell. Literally, “Cries of Woe” or “Lamenting.”

g.­1430

wakefulness

  • ye shes
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
  • jñāna

Also known as “wisdom,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to a nonconceptual or unobscured state of knowledge.

g.­1431

wandering

  • kun tu rgyu ba
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
  • —

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

g.­1432

Warm

  • dron mo
  • དྲོན་མོ།
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

g.­1433

water dwellers

  • chu na gnas pa
  • ཆུ་ན་གནས་པ།
  • —

A class of asuras.

g.­1434

Water Lily Mansion

  • me tog ku ba la ya’i khyim
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུ་བ་ལ་ཡའི་ཁྱིམ།
  • —

A mansion in Engaging in Clarification.

g.­1435

Water of Joy

  • dga’ ba’i chu
  • rab tu dga’ bar gyur pa’i chu
  • དགའ་བའི་ཆུ།
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གྱུར་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (dga’ ba’i chu). (2) A river on Saṅkāśa (rab tu dga’ bar gyur pa’i chu ).

g.­1436

Water That One Never Tires Of

  • ngoms pa med pa’i chu
  • ངོམས་པ་མེད་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A pond in Continuous Movement.

g.­1437

Waters Always Mingled with the Moon

  • rtag tu zla ba dang ’dres pa’i chu
  • རྟག་ཏུ་ཟླ་བ་དང་འདྲེས་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

g.­1438

Waves of the Seas of Jambudvīpa

  • ’dzam bu’i gling gi rgya mtsho’i rlabs
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་གི་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་རླབས།
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

g.­1439

Wavy

  • rlabs rab tu ’jug pa
  • rlabs ldan
  • rlabs ’byung ba
  • རླབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇུག་པ།
  • རླབས་ལྡན།
  • རླབས་འབྱུང་བ།
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (rlabs rab tu ’jug pa). (2) A river to the south of Jambudvīpa (rlabs ldan). (3) A river on Saṅkāśa (rlabs ’byung ba).

g.­1440

Well-Consumed

  • legs par zos pa
  • ལེགས་པར་ཟོས་པ།
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

g.­1441

Well-Endowed

  • rab sbyor
  • རབ་སྦྱོར།
  • —

One of the seven golden mountains that surround Mount Sumeru.

g.­1442

well-gone one

  • bde bar gshegs pa
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
  • sugata

An epithet of the buddhas meaning “one who has gone to bliss.” The Sanskrit term literally means “faring well.”

g.­1443

White

  • dkar po
  • དཀར་པོ།
  • —

A previous ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

g.­1444

White Body

  • lus dkar
  • ལུས་དཀར།
  • —

A realm of the triple-lute-bearer gods.

g.­1445

White Cloud

  • sprin dkar po
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ།
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

g.­1446

White Cloud Keeper

  • sprin dkar po ’dzin pa
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

g.­1447

White Gambhīra

  • gam bhi ro dkar
  • གམ་བྷི་རོ་དཀར།
  • —

A lake in Godānīya.

g.­1448

White Water

  • chu dkar
  • ཆུ་དཀར།
  • —

A peak on Sumeru.

g.­1449

Wild Water

  • shin tu grol bar gyur pa’i chu
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གྲོལ་བར་གྱུར་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

g.­1451

wine drinker

  • chang ba rnams kyis btung ba
  • ཆང་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་བཏུང་བ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1452

Wish-Fulfilling Waters

  • ji ltar ’dod pa’i chu
  • ཇི་ལྟར་འདོད་པའི་ཆུ།
  • —

A river in Majestic Trees.

g.­1453

woman craver

  • bud med la sred pa
  • བུད་མེད་ལ་སྲེད་པ།
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

g.­1454

worm

  • srin bu
  • སྲིན་བུ།
  • kṛmi

When refering to the human body, these are creatures that inhabit it and may either harm or contribute to its health. Note that this term can also mean insects and worms in general.

g.­1455

Worrisome

  • kun du rtog byed
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྟོག་བྱེད།
  • saṅkalpakāraṇa

One of sixteen realms that surround the Howling Hell.

g.­1456

worthy one

  • dgra bcom pa
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
  • arhat

A person who has accomplished the final fruition of the path of the hearers and is liberated from saṃsāra.

g.­1457

Wrapped in Every Possible Pain

  • sdug bsngal kun dkris
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཀུན་དཀྲིས།
  • sarvaduḥkhāvarta

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment.

g.­1459

yakṣa

  • gnod sbyin
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
  • yakṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa.

Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.

g.­1460

Yāma Heaven

  • mtshe ma
  • མཚེ་མ།
  • yāma

Another name for the Heaven Free from Strife, this is the third of the six heavens of the desire realm. The Tibetan literally means “twins.” The Sanskrit for this heaven is Yāma or Suyāma, the precise meaning of which is uncertain.

g.­1461

Yamunā

  • ya mu nA
  • ya mu na
  • ཡ་མུ་ནཱ།
  • ཡ་མུ་ན།
  • yamunā

A river in Jambudvīpa, still called by the same name today.

g.­1462

Yavana

  • ya ba na
  • ཡ་བ་ན།
  • yavana

Indian term used in reference to Greeks, or foreign barbarians in general.

g.­1463

Yielding All Fruits

  • ’bras bu kun phyed
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཀུན་ཕྱེད།
  • —

A park in Sustained by Fruition.

g.­1464

Yielding to Pressure and Bouncing Back

  • mnan na nem la bteg na ’phar ba
  • མནན་ན་ནེམ་ལ་བཏེག་ན་འཕར་བ།
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Table of Contents

Search this text

Spotted a mistake?

Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.

How to cite this text

The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

84000. The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-glossary.Copy
84000. The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-glossary.Copy
84000. (2025) The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-glossary.Copy
Sponsor Translation